‫‪bÄÌ˙ã€aÎ@fibÄÓ„aÜ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻻﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺩﻧﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻃﻨﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺻﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪Global University‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﺶ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﻋﻜﺮﻭﺵ‬

‫ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺩﻧﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﻓﻼﺗﺮﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺚ َ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻛﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻴﺮﻱ َ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻛﻠﻰ‬

‫‪GOLBAL UNIVERSITY‬‬
‫‪1211 South Glenstone Avenue‬‬
‫‪Springfield, Missouri 65804‬‬
‫‪USA‬‬
 ‫‪Translated from Daniel and Revelation, Third Edition 1999‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻋﻦ »‪ «Daniel and Revelation‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪1999‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪2007‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻊ‪:‬‬
‫ُﻛﺘﻴّﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ )ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬

‫‪ABIB407A-90‬‬ ‫© ‪2007‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‬
‫‪Global University‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ‪7 ...............................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪16 .....................................................‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ‪34 ........................................................‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ‪52 ....................................................‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‬

‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ‪74 ....................................................................‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪90 .......................................................................‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﻭﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ ‪106 ....................................‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﻭﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ ‪124 ......................‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ‪142 .....................................................‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ‪156 ..........................................................‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ‪172 ..............................................‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘ ﱡﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪188 .............................................‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺧﺘﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻋﻤﻼﺅﻩ ‪208 ..................................................................‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ‪228 .......................................‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫ﻣُﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ‪246 ...................................................‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ ﻣُﻌ ﱞﺪ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ »ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺳﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ًﺓ )ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻀ ﱠﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﻫﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﺎً ﺩﺭﺍﺳﻴﺎً ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗُﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻛﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻫﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻬﺪﻑ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺴﺒﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺳﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﻧﺮﺟﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ‪-‬ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺠﺰ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﺍً ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻼ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻼﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ ﺗُﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪Global University‬‬
‫‪1211 South Glenstone Avenue‬‬
‫‪Springfield, Missouri 65804‬‬
‫‪USA‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺴﺎﺏ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﻬﻮﻥ؟ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺤﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎ؟ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻦ ُ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ؟ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﻭﺧﺼﻤﻨﺎ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ؟ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء؟ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ‬
‫»ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﻣُﻘ ﱠﺪﻣﺎً‪ «.‬ﻭﺑﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ‪ُ .‬ﻋ ﱢﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺪﻗ ٍﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳُﻌﺘ َﺒﺮ ﺳﻔﺮﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻠِﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﺯﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌ‬
‫)ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ( ﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺳﻴﱢﻤﺎ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﺼ ﱢﻮﺭ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﻠﻴﻘﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ »ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ« ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻗﺼﺔ ﻻ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻐﺰﺍً ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺤﺮﻣﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺘﺤﺰﺭ! ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺮﻣﻨﺎ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﺋﻨﺎ‬‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻧﺨﻤﱢﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﺗﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺑﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋ ﱠﺪﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺒﻮﻧﻪ )‪ 1‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪.(9 :2‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻼﺗﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﻔﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎً ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍً ﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﻮﺗﻪ‬
‫)ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ(‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻤﻨﺤﻚ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﺎً ﺃﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻤﱠﺎ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﺑﻨﻪ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ َ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺳﻚ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﺭﻙ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺄﻣﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺮﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﻭﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎً ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺳﻮﻑ »ﺗﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻻﺳﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻛﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪﺍً ﷲ ﺍﻵﺏ«‬‫َ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻥ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫)ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻲ ‪(11-10 :2‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ )‪ – BIB4072‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺗﺎﻥ(‬

‫»ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ« ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻔﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘ ﱡﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ ﻫﺪﻓﺎً ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻴﺎً ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻤﺠﻴﺌﻪ )‪ 1‬ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪.(3 :3‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻭﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻴﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺫﺭﻭﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﻭﺳﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺆﻭﺱ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﻸﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﻸﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﻤُﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ ﻟﻶﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻌﺪﻭﺍ ﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌ ّﺪ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺳﻠﺔ »ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺳﻠﺔ« ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻻﺑﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ »ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ« ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺷﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻨﺼﺤﻚ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﻜﻨﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻨﺼﺤﻚ ﺑﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺑﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺎً ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺤﺎﺿﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ )ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺳﻠﺔ( ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻴّﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟــﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻨﺼﺤﻚ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺑﻚ ﻟﻴﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺎﺡ‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ ﺑﻤﻔﺮﺩﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﺘﻢ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻋ ّﺪﺕ‬
‫‪ Global University‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻨﺼﺤﻚ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻟﻌﻠﻚ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺗﺼﻠﺢ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑُﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ .1 :‬ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ .2 ،‬ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻓﺘﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ .3 ،‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ .4‬ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ‪ .6 ،‬ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ‪ .8 ،‬ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻫﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻴﺴﻬﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺠﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻨﺲ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍً ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻘﻮﺩﻙ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺘّﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﻴّﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ُﻛﺘّﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻀﻢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﻣﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻼﻑ ﻛﺘﻴّﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻋﻴﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻤُﺘﻀﻤّﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻜﺴﺒﻚ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺧﺒﺮﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﺪ‬
‫ُﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ‪ % 25‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﺘﻴّﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﻳ ّ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻙ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻶﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﺪ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻴّﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ ﻣﺮﻫﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍً ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺍً ﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻨﺼﺤﻚ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻼﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻴّﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ ،Global University‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﺤﻀﻮﺭ ﻭﺗﺤﺖ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪ .Global University‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺒﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﺗﺐ ﻟﻚ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﺳﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗُﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺳﺘﻔﻴﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻪ ‪ % 75‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﻟﻪ ‪ % 25‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ % 100-90‬ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ % 89-80‬ﺟﻴﺪ ﺟﺪﺍً‬
‫‪ % 79-70‬ﺟﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ % 69-60‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫‪ 59‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻊ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻻﺑﻦ )‪ (George W. Westlake, Jr‬ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺬ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ »ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺷﻴﻔﻠﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ« )‪،(Sheffield Family Life Center‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺴﺎﺱ ﺳﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﻭﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ِ‬
‫ﺧﻤﺲ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣُﺨﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺠﻤﱡﻌﺎﺕ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺪﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻋﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﻴﺮﻛﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻠﻴﻚ ﻳﻌﻠﱢﻢ ﻓﻲ »ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﻻﻫﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺱ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻓﻲ »ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬‫ُﺪﺭ ٌ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻕ ﺃﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ« )‪ ،(East Africa School of Theology‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺮﺍﺯﺓ« )‪ ،(Asian Theological Center for Evnagelism‬ﻭ»ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﻫﻮﺕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺳﻴﻔﻴﻜﻴﺔ« )‪ ،(Asia Pacific Theological Seminary‬ﻭ»ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻧﻮﺭﺙ ﺳﻨﺘﺮﺍﻝ« )‪North‬‬
‫‪ (Central University‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻴﺎﺑﻮﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﻨﻴﺴﻮﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ »ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻼﻫﻮﺕ«‬
‫)‪ (Assemblies of God Theological Seminary‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﺮﻧﻐﻔﻴﻠﺪ ﺑﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﻭﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻠﻴﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺎﻟﻮﺭﻳﻮﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺟﺴﺘﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ »ﺳﻨﺘﺮﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺒﻞ‬

‫ﻛﻮﻟﻴﺞ« )‪ (Central Bible College‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﺮﻧﻐﻔﻴﻠﺪ ﺑﻤﻴﺰﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ »ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﻟﺮ ﻟﻼﻫﻮﺕ« ‪ (Fuller Theological Seminary‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺎﺩﻳﻨﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﻟﻴﻔﻮﺭﻧﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻧُ ِﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻠﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺩﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻜﻦ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﻜﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﺎً‬
‫ﻟـ »ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﻛﺎﻟﻔﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﻫﻮﺕ« )‪ (Calvary Bible Institute‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﺟﻮﺭﺓ )‪ (Majura‬ﺑﺠﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺎﻟﻮﺭﻳﻮﺱ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ )‪ (Marshall Islands‬ﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺟﺴﺘﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻔﻮﺭﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ )‪ (California State University‬ﻓﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺮﺗﻮﻥ‬
‫ُﺮﺷﺢ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ »ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻔﻮﺭﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫)‪ .(Fullerton‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﺕ« )‪ ،(California Graduate School of Theology‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ »ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻜﺴﺎﺱ« )‪University of‬‬
‫‪ .(North Texas‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ُﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤُﺸﺮﻑ ﻭﻣ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪12‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺟﻬﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺴﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻭﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺘﻚ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﱡ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺳﻠﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﺒﺪء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺒﺎﺭﻛﻚ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﻧﺮﺟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻏﻨﻰ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﺗﻔﻌﻴﻼ ﻟﺪﻭﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
 Û€Î˛a ÒáÄyÏ€a

taáÄyc ç◊ãfl
Ò7ÄDza Ú‰flå˛a
 ‫„‪@Úflb«@Òãƒ‬‬ ‫‪pie‬‬ ‫•‬

‫•‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪ã–é@∂g‬‬
‫‪fibÓ„aÜ‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪pie‬‬

‫•‬
‫ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎء ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳُﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﺎً ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺎً ﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺈﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﺋﺮ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ‬‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﺒﺆﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﻠﻦ ﺍﷲَ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﱢﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺆﻭﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺘﺌﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳُﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎً ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺣﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﺫﺍ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@äb†g‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻺﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻻء ﻟﻠﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﷲ‬

‫‪ëäá€a@“aáÁc‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‪«.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪pbËÓÄuÏm‬‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻢ »ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ« ﻭ»ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ«‪.‬‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻨﺠﺎﺣﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﺮﺯ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻌﻠﱡﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ..3‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺇﺟﻮﺑﺘﻚ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪ ..4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺐ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ُﻛﺘﻴﱢﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ِ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪18‬‬

‫ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@›Óó–m‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺻﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻡ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻓ ًﺎ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ ..11‬‬
‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﺫﻫﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺫﻫﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﱪﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻘﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻋﺮﻳﻀﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺪﻑ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺼﻔﻮﻑ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺎء ﻭﻫﻴﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﻋﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻮﺭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣُﺰﻳﱠﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱢﺒْﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻫﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺯﻗﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺮﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺸﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺭﺧﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ( ﻟﻬﺎ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺗُ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﱠﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ ﻣﺠﺪﻫﺎ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ )‪ 562-605‬ﻕ ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺪﻓﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﺠﻴﺪ ًﺓ ﻭﻓﻲ ٍ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬

‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻬﺮﻱ ﺩﺟﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ ٍﺔ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﻳﻨﺒﻌﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫»ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻴﺐ‪ «.‬ﻭﻟﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﻣﻴﻨﻴﺎ )ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً(‪ ،‬ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻼ ﻃﻴﻨﻴﺎً ﺧﺼﺒﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺐ ﻣﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﱠﺎﺏ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﺎء ﻳﺸﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺰ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ َﻣ ﱠﻜﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺒﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ ﺗﻌﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﺍً ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺷﺠﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄ ﱡﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻀﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ «،‬ﻛﺪﻭﻟ ٍﺔ ﻗﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 626‬ﻕ ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺑﻮﻻﺳﺎﺭ )‪Nabo-‬‬
‫‪ (Polassar‬ﻳﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﻵﺷﻮﺭﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺿﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻭﻣﻮﻥ ُﺣ ْﻜ ِﻤﻪ ﻟﺒﺎﺑﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﺃُﻋﻠِﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻮﺑﻮﻻﺳﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﻜﺎً ﻟﺒﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺮﻋ ٍﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ُﺣ ْﻜ ِﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻤﻼﺕ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﺮﺑﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 605‬ﻕ ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﺒﻮﺑﻮﻻﺳﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻛﺎً ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻻﺑﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 605‬ﻕ ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻫﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺶ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ٍ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻋﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻛﺮﻛﻤﻴﺶ‬
‫ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻱ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 609‬ﻕ ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻥ ُﻫﺰﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺠِﺪﻭ‬
‫)ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪ .(2 :46‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻴُﻌﻠَﻦ ﻣﻠﻜﺎً ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺭ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺁﺧﺬﺍً ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ )ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺅﻩ( ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.(7-1 :1‬‬
‫‪19‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .1‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 597‬ﻕ ﻡ ﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﻮﻳﺎﻗﻴﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻳﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻻﺋﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﻮﻳﺎﻗﻴﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻟﺠﺄ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻮﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻳﺎﻗﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﻮﻳﺎﻛﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ )‪ 2‬ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ‪ .(14 :24-34 :23‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻨﻮﺯ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻰ ﻋﺪﺩﺍً ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑ َﻤﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻣﺤﺎﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺣﺮﻓﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 586‬ﻕ ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺼﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﱠﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺻﺪﻗﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻛﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍء‬
‫ﻟﻴﻌﺘﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻡ )‪ 2‬ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ‪.(12 :25-18 :24‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﻭﺇﺟﻼء ﺷﻌﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺜﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﺁﺣﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﻑ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺛﻨﻴﺔ ﺭﺩﻳﺌﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺒﺤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻮﺁﺵ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺐ ﺯﺧﻤﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣُﻠﻚ ﻋﺰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻞ ﻗﻤﺘﻪ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻏﺮﻕ ﻣﻨﺴﻰ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺣﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺑﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ُﺳﺒﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ٍ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﱠﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ َ‬‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ْ‬
‫ُﻜﺮ ً‬
‫ﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺟﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﺎً ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺷﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 640‬ﻕ ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺻﻼﺡ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﻧﻮﻋﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻬﻮﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻄﻴﻞ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﻮﺷﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻵﺷﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺅﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﺩ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻳﻮﺷﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 627‬ﻕ ﻡ(‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 614‬ﻕ ﻡ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺃﺷﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻊ ﻳﻮﺷﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 612‬ﻕ ﻡ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺭ ﺃﻥ‬‫ﻭﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺷﺠﻊ ﻳﻮﺷﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻧﻴﻨﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﱠ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﻧﻜﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺷﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺰﻣﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻳﻮﺷﻴﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺣﻜﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﺎﺩ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﻣﺮ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ُ ،‬ﺳﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺟﻴﺶ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺑﺎً ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻬﺎ )‪ 2‬ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ‪.(21-17 :36‬‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺑﺘﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻧﺒﻮ ٍﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘ ٍﺔ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ ﺳﻴﺪﻭﻡ ﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ )ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪.(11 :25‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 2-1 :9‬ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫ ﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻬﻮﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﺩﻣﱢﺮ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪ُ ،‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﺒﻲ ﺷﻌﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺋﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺿﻴﻖ ﻭﺑﺆﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺸﻌﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎً‬
‫ﺃﺭﺽ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ؟ ﻭﻫﻞ‬‫ﺑﺎﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ؟ ﻭﻫﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺮء ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻴﺎ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ٍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ؟ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺷﻔﺎﻩ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪20‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪) .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺰﻣﻮﺭ ‪ّ 6-1 :137‬‬

‫ﻟﻼﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ ٍﺓ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺴﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩﺍً ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺘﻨﻬﻢ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﻏﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻻﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺤ َﺒﻄﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻳﺸﻌﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺴﺠﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﺑﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺇﺧﻮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤُﺤ َﺒﻄﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺤﻴﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻴﺎ ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌ ٍﺔ ﻭﺛﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻣُﺠﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺄﻥ ﻣُﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺩﺟﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ُﺸﺠﻌﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺪ ٍﺩ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﻣﻼﻣﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺑﻮﻻﺳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺃﻋﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﻮﺷﻴﺎ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻴﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻵﺷﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺶ ﺍﻵﺷﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺰﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﻮﺷﻴﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻭ ( ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﻌﺘﻨﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺼﺔ ﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪-15 :36‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪ُ ،17‬ﺳﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﱠ‬
‫ﻷﻥ‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻹﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻧﺒﻴﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻮﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣُﺤ َﺒﻄﺎً ﻭﻣُﺨﻴﱠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﺔ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﻟﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ (‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﻟﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ) ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ (‪.‬‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬

‫ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻗﺶ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧــﻴــﺎﻝ ﻭﻣــﻮﺿــﻮﻋــﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﺗﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗ ﱠﺪﻡ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻛﺮﻭﺍﻳ ٍﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺮﺓ ﺣﻴﺎ ٍﺓ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻣُﺨﻄﻄﺎً ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪6-1‬‬
‫ﺻﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺖ‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .1‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎِﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪ 12-7‬ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺮﺅﻯ ﻭﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﱢﺐ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ُﻘﺘﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﱢ‬
‫ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬
‫ﺟﺰ ٍء »ﺭﻭﺍﺋﻲ« ﻭﺟﺰء ﻧﺒﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﺳﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻷﺟﻞ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺳﻴﺮﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ :1‬ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻺﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ :2‬ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ )ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻢ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ :3‬ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻻء‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ :4‬ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ :5‬ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ :6‬ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ :8‬ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺲ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ :9‬ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ :10‬ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ :11‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ :12‬ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬

‫ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﱢﻒ‬

‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ُﻭﻟِﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺮ ٍﺓ‬ ‫ﻻﻳ َ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ .(3 :1‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺷﺒﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺷﻴﺨﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﺍﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻮﺏ« )‪23 :9‬؛ ‪11 :10‬؛ ‪.(19‬‬
‫ﺳﻦ ﻣﺒﻜﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﻳﻮﺷﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬‫ﻭﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃُ ِﺧﺬ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻳﻮﻳﺎﻗﻴﻢ ))‪ ،(1 :1‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺷﻴﺎ ﺑﺄﺭﺑﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺃُ ِﺧﺬ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﺑﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﺷﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺏ‬‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻳﻮﺷﻴﺎ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ )‪ 31‬ﺳﻨﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ُﻭﻟِﺪ ﻓﻲ ٍ‬
‫ﻧﺴﻞ ﻣﻠﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ُﺣ ْﻜ ِﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮ ٍﺓ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ )‪ 2‬ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ‪ .(19-1 :35‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻳﻮﺷﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺃ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ )ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪ ،(3 :25‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻒ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺃُ ِﺧﺬ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻭﺯﺭﺍ ٍء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺃُ ِﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻳﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ ﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎً )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.(2 :9‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪22‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭﺧﺎﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﻛﺎﺗﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺟﺰﻡ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ٍ‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﻦ »ﻧﺠﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ« ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ )ﻣﺮﻗﺲ ‪((14 :13‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ« )ﻣﺘﻰ ‪،(15 :24‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ .27 :9‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ًﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﺗﺒﻪ ﻧﺒﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ‬

‫ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﺘﺮ َﺓ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺳﺒﻲ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺗﻤﺘﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ُﻛ ِﺘﺐ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺑﱢﺦ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻻ ﱢ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺩﻋﻮ ًﺓ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎ ﻟﺠﻼﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ «.‬ﻭﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﻹﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻫﻮ »ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ «.‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ »ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ«‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ً‬
‫ُﻘﺴﻢ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪ 6-1‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪-7‬‬ ‫)ﺃ( ﻳ َ‬
‫‪.12‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﻘﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻻﺩﻋﺎء ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ٌ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺮ‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﻮﻯ ٍ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ »ﺗﻮﺑﻴﺨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪«.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ُﻛﺘﺐ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻗﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ ﻭﻛﺎﺗﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺘﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﺄ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻺﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ ..33‬ﺍﺷـــﺮﺡ ﺍﳌــﻮﺿــﻮﻉ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪21-1 :1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳــﺎﺳــﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺻﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﺮﺍﻋﺎً ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﻐﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻲ‬
‫ﱡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻔﻒ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺅﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻨﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﻣﻴﺸﺎﺋﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻋﺰﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺿﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻣﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .(5-3‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﱢ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎً ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻱ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﻬﺪﻑ‬
 ‫‪23‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .1‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 6‬ﻭ‪ 7‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﺃُﻋﻄﻮﺍ ﺃﺳﻤﺎ ًء ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻄﻬﻢ ﺑﺒﺎﺑﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﻤﺎءﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺮﺑﻄﻬﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻪ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎ َءﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺮﺑﻄﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻵﻟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﺑﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.1 :1‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﻱ‬

‫ﺑﻠﻄﺸﺎﺻﺮ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺽ‬‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﷲ ﹴ‬
‫ﺷﺪﺭﺥ‪ :‬ﻭﺣﻲ ﺭﺍﺥ‬ ‫ﺣﻨﻨﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﻬﻮﻩ ﻣﻨ ﹺﻌﻢ ﻭﺭﺣﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﺦ‪ :‬ﹶﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺎﺥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﺎﺋﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﹶﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪﻧﻐﻮ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﻧﺒﻮ‬ ‫ﻋﺰﺭﻳﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﲔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 :1‬‬

‫ُﻔﺴﺪﺓ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻟﺒﺎﺑﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭ ًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﻃﻨﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ ُﺩﻣﱢﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﺣﺮﻳﺘﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﺰﻣﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻭﺗُ ِﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 20-8‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻪ ﺑﺠﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻘﻮﺍ ﺃﻣﻨﺎء ﷲ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(8‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺮ ﱡﺩ ٍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻳﺔ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻢ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﻮ ِﺓ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺪﻣ ٍﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﻄﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻹﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺠﺄ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺆﻻء‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﻻﺟﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺳﺒﺐ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟــﻬ ﱢــﺪﻑ ‪ .4‬ﺍﺫﻛـــﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪49-1 :2‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺣﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺍﳊﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺒﲑ »ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ )ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ(‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺗﻚ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،2‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻗﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﺳﺘﺪﻭﻡ؟ ﻭﻫﻞ‬‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺒﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(29‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺛﺔ ﺣﻜﻤﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺠﺰﻩ؟ ﺃﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯﺍﺗﻪ ﺳﺘﻀﻴﻊ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﻧﺴﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ‬‫ﺳﻴﺤﺎﻓﻆ ٌ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻤﺎﻗﺘﻬﻢ؟ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻲ ﻗﻠﻘﺎً ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻠﻤﺎً‬
‫ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺨﻄﻄﺎً ﻋﺎﻣﺎً ﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺯﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪24‬‬

‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺣﻠﻤﺎً ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺘﺎً ﻟﻼﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻓﻮﺭ ﺻﻴﺮﻭﺭﺗﻪ ﻣﻠﻜﺎً )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺯﻋﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺃ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﻲ ﺣﻠﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺳﺤﺮﺗﻪ ﻭﻋﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﱡ‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﻜﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻓﺸﻞ ﺳﺤﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻲ‬‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.(7-2‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺃﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﻘﺘﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺣﻜﻤﺎء ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺅﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﻝ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻲ ﻓﺸﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺃﺯﻣ ٍﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻃﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺃُﻋﻄﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺫﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ .‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺏ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﺎً ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﻣُﻌﻠﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ‬‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.(16-14‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻠِﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻤﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻔﺎﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺚ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎءﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺳﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧ ﱠﺠﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎءﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 28-17‬ﺑﺎﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻠِﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ؟‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 30-28‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ »ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،(28‬ﻭﻋﻦ »ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫‪ ،،29‬ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ(‪ .‬ﺗﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻸﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻌﻠﱠﻖ‬

‫ﻻ ﺑُ ﱠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺭﺍً ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻩ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻤﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﺎﻻ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻬﻴﺎً ﻭﺑﺎﻫﺮﺍً‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺪﺭﻩ ﻭﺫﺭﺍﻋﺎﻩ‬‫ً‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﺤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻄﻨﻪ ﻭﻓﺨﺬﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻗﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﻣﺎﻩ ﻭﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺭﺟﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺰﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﻧﺎً ﻭﻣﺼﻌﻮﻗﺎً ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺇﺫ ﺑﺼﺨﺮ ٍﺓ ُﻗ ِﻄﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻳ ٍﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺿﺮﺑﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺤﻘﺘﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﺍً‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻄﺎﻳﺮ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺒﻨﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻣﻬﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﱢﻒ ﻭﺭﺍءﻩ‬
‫ﺟﺒﻼ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﻣﻸ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﻨﺎء‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﺓ ً‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.(35-31‬‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻔ ﱢﻮﺕ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ« )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .(38-36‬ﻳﺼ ﱢﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻭﺣﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ُ .(38-36‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻠِﻔﺖ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ُﺭ ِﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻀﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(39‬ﻭﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 32‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،39‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺷﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺫﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺪ ﱢﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺃﻭﺳﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻜ ﱠﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .1‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺕ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﺘﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻘﺒﺘﻬﺎ »ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪«،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣُﻤﺜﱠﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺨﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺤﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺪ ﱢﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺯﺕ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﻢ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻠﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺼﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺌﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻧﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻠﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﺄﻓﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ‪ُ ،‬ﺭ ِﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺴﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(40‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺕ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺿﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﺎﺻﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 476‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻄﻨﻄﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﺻﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ 1453‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻜ ﱢﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺪﻭﻝ ﻗﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳُﺮ َﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪،‬‬‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻫﺶ ﻛﺎﻟﺨﺰﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺰ ٌء ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺰ ٌء ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺸﺎً ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻌﺐ ﻻ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻴﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﻜ ﱠﻮﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺣﻜﻮﻣ ٍﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻧﻔﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺩﻭﻝ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪» ،44‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ«(‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺆﺳﺲ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪) .‬ﺳﻨﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﻻﺣﻘﺎً ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﱢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪(.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜ ﱠﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺩﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﺗﺪﺭﺟﺎً‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﺰﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺳﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺧﺰﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺳﻴﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ٍ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺨﺰﻑ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ »ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻞ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻤﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﻟﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻤﺴﻪ ﻳﺪ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(45‬‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻐﻴﱢﺮ ﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻣﱢﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺤ ﱢﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺷﻲءٌ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ ﻳﺘﺪﺣﺮﺝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﻸ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﺪﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺧﺘﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ‪ُ .‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻨﺬ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻟﻴﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﻭﺳﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ »ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ «،‬ﻧﺪﻋﻮﻫﺎ »ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪26‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﻢ« )ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ –24 :21‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ(‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻨﻮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﻬﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ :‬ﻛﻮﻧﻔﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻜ ﱠﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻳﺮﺃﺳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ «.‬ﻭﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﻫﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ٌ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﻸ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺘﻨﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻛﺮﺍً ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺛﻨﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﱠﺮ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﻌﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(46‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻊ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻠِﺼﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ »ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻵﻟﻬﺔ ‪ ...‬ﻭﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(47‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻧﺪﺍً ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ! ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎءﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫)ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺃ ( ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺭ ﻭﺫﺭﺍﻋﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺏ ( ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻄﻦ ﻭﻓﺨﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺝ ( ﻛﻮﻧﻔﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻗﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻗﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺰﻑ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺩ ( ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﻫـ ( ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ .10‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑـ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺳﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻘﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺴ ٍﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .11‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺣﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ«؟‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻻء ﻟﻠﺮﺏ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪30-1 :3‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﱠ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻟﻔﺮﺽ ٍ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻮﺣﺪ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺍﻓﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﺎﻻ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗُﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻻ ﻷﻱ ﻭﻻ ٍء ﺑﺪﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ‬
‫ُﺤﺮﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺗﻮﻥ ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺠﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺮﺭﻭﺍ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺎﻓﻈﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻨﺎﻋﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﻭﻻﺋﻬﻢ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻨﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻆ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻇﻬﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﻭﻻءﻫﻢ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪27‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .1‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬

‫ً‬
‫ﺃﺻﻼ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻇﻬﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺴﻠﻮﻛﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺧﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺰﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﺩﺍً‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻜﻤﺎً ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺎً‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻫﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﻗﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻓﺄ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺮﺭﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺘﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻓﻘﺘﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻠِﺼﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻵﻟﻬﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(25‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﻋﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻤﻌﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﻮﺍ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﺑﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ِ .12‬‬
‫ﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪.‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ ..55‬ﺍﺫﻛـــــﺮ ﺍﻟــﻔــﻜــﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.4‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪37-1 :4‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺣﻈﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ٍﺩ‬‫ﻻﺣﻈﺖ َ‬‫َ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ »ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ« ﺟﺰءﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎءﻩ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺧﺮﻩ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﱠﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺶ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺇﻋﻄﺎﺅﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ُﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣ ﱠ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺤ ﱠﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻘﻞ ُﺣ ْﻜﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﻼﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﻟﻪ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻳﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄ ﱡﻮﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻔﺮ ﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺧ ﱢﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺻﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ُ‬ ‫ﻋﺬﺏ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ُ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﺎء ٍ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﻠﱠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﺍً ﺑﺈﻧﺠﺎﺯﺍﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺣﻠﻤﺎً )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ (17-4‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫‪ ،(27-19‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺼﺢ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﻠﻤﻪ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪19‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺏ ﻭﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﻟﺘﺠ ﱡﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻧﺴﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎً ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺳﻨ ٍﺔ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻜﺒﱢﺮﺍً‪» :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻌُﻈﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻨﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺻﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺘﻲ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺗﻲ ﻭﻋﺰﺗﻲ ﻭﺟﻼﻟﻲ ﻭﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ؟« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(30‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﺗﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ! )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.(30-28‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺵ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .(33-30‬ﻭﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻭﻩ ﻳﺤﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺮﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺫﻻﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃُﻋﻴﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤُﺘﻜﺒﱢﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺎﺩ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .(32 ،25 ،17‬ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺫﻫﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻣﺘﺴﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﻪ ﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪28‬‬

‫‪ .13‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻠﱢﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ ..66‬ﺍﺷـــﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪31-1 :5‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﺸﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﳋﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻴﺶ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﻳﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﺤﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ٌ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺑﻠﺸﺼﺮ ﻧﺎﺋﺒﺎً ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻧﺒﻮﻧﻴﺪﺱ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺟﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ‬‫ً‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺏ ﻟﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ً‬
‫ﺣﻔﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺏ ﺟﺮﺃ ًﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺈﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃُ ِ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺏ ﻧﺨﺐ ﺁﻟﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﱢﺮ ﺭﺩ َﺓ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(5‬ﻓﺎﺭﺗﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪،‬‬‫ً‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻳ ٍﺪ ﻭﻛﺘﺒﺖ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼء‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻔﺴﺮﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻓﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻋﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﺣ ٌﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﻨﺎء‪ ،‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗ ﱠﺪﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .(12-10‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺃُ ِ‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻭ ِﻋﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄ ٍﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪) .‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻠﺸﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﻧﻴﺪﺱ(‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺭﻓﺾ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﺣﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﺴﺮﻋ ٍﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻣﻀﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻠﺸﺼﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺎﺳﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻹﺫﻻﻝ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﻴﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻵﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬
‫ُﻜﺮﺳﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﱢﺢ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ُﻭ ِﺯﻧﺖ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﺎﻗﺼﺎً ﻋﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺨﻠﻔﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ )ﺻﺪﺭ ﻭﺫﺭﺍﻋﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.(2‬‬

‫ﺑﻠﺸﺼﺮ«‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺨﺘﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 5‬ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ‪» :‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ُﻗ ِﺘﻞ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(30‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻳﺤﺎﺳﺒﻨﺎ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻠﺸﺼﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 21-18‬ﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﻨﺎﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻓ ِ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 22‬ﻭ‪ 23‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُ َ‬
‫ﻘﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ‬
 ‫‪29‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .1‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺿﺪ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ »ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻤﱢﺪﺓ« ﺃﻭ »ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺤﺔ‪ «.‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﺮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﻳﺎ )ﻣﺰﻣﻮﺭ ‪ ،(13 :19‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﺶ ﺑﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺳﻘﻄﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺨﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ .14‬ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻠﺸﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫‪ .15‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﺈﻳﺠﺎﺯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ــﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ ..77‬ﺣـ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪28-1:6‬‬

‫ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ٌﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻭﺯﺭﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(2-1‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﱢﺰﺍً ﺟﺪﺍً ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(3‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺳﺒﱠﺒﺖ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﺭﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻻﺓ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺎً ﻭﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﻣﺴﺒﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺩﻣﺎً ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺎً ﻣﺘﻤﻴﱢﺰﺍً‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺮﺍً‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻭﻣﺠﺘﻬﺪﺍً ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(5-44‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﻋﺪﺍء ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺪﻩ ﻭﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻭﺩﻳﺎﻧﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 9-6‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺆﺍﻣﺮﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻺﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﺨﺮﻕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﺎً ﺭﺳﻤﻴﺎً ﻓﻴﺠﻠﺐ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺂﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻛﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﺗﻬﺎﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫(‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺎﺩ ٍﺓ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ! ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨ ِﺪﻣﺖ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(10‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺃﻣﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .(14-11‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺠﻊ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﻨﻘﺬﻩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(16‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻤﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻧﻘﺬﻩ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻚ ﺃﻋﺪﺍءﻩ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .(24-17‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﷲ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﻟﺨﺎﺩﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻀﻊ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﻳﺜﻖ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻟﻦ ﻳُﺨﺰﻯ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪30‬‬

‫‪ .16‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻃﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻮﺭﺍً‪.‬‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﺃﺩﺕ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻭﺧﻠﻔﺎﺅﻩ ﻛﻤُﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺋﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻄ ٍﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺒﻨﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺜﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻊ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺃﻋﺪﺍء ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻬﺘﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺠﻨﺴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺆﻫﻼﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪31‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .1‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﱠ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺃﺟﻮﺑﺘﻚ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺐ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻟﻢ ِ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ُﻛﺘﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﻱ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ »ﺹ« ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ »ﺥ« ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻳــﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﻨﺎء‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪ .1 ......‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2 ......‬ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺫﺭﻭﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻄ ﱡﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﻧﺒﻮﺑﻮﻻﺳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ّ‬
‫‪ .3 ......‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ )‪-640‬‬
‫ﺇﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ 610‬ﻕ ﻡ( ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ .4 ......‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﺑﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻴﻬﻮﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺄﺛﱢﺮﺍً ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﻳﻮﺷﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ُﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﻴﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ .5 ......‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒُﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻗﺼﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6 ......‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼء‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﻬﺪ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺭﺟﻼ ﺗﻘﻴﺎً ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7 ......‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .8 ......‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ِﺑﻘ َﻴﻢ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘ َﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ِ‬
‫‪ .9 ......‬ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ« ﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .10 ......‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺩﻣﺎً ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺎً ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﺮ ًﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ًﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺣﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﺮﻭﺯﺍً ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪) 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪ .11 ......‬ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬ ‫‪ .12 ......‬ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫‪ .13 ......‬ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬ ‫‪ .14 ......‬ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .15 ......‬ﻛﻮﻧﻔﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪32‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬

‫ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﻓﺔ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﺭﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺭ ﻭﺫﺭﺍﻋﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻗﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ َﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺰﻑ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﻧﺴﻞ ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺒﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﻫﻮ َﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﻦ ﻭﻓﺨﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫‪ ) .14‬ﺩ ( ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 5-3‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 8‬ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣُﺤ ﱠﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫‪ .15‬ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﻤﺪﺓ ﺑﺮﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣــﺮ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫــﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫‪ ) .10‬ﺏ ( ﺳﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺠﺤﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺤﻮﻥ »ﺑﺎﺑﻠﻴﻴﻦ‪ «.‬ﺃﺷﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﺬ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺘﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻛــﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻓﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺬ ﺻﺒﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻭﻣﺪﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪ ) .16‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬ ‫‪ .11‬ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺣﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻧﻈﺮ ًﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬ ‫»ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.8‬‬ ‫) ﻫـ ( ) ﻟﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ) ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ (‪.‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﻭﺛﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﻏﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺴ ﱠﺪ‬ ‫‪ .12‬ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺑﻮﻻء ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻟﺸﺨﺼﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﺣﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﻜﺮﺍﻣ ٍﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻗﻨﺎﻋﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫‪ .13‬ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪ 6-1‬ﺗﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺳﻴﺮ ًﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﺎً ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺎً‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪ 12-7‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒ ّﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻢ‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .1‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
 ‫‪@áÁbìfl‬‬ ‫‪pie‬‬ ‫•‬

‫•‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪pie‬‬
‫®‪@%b»€a@·◊bÄ‬‬
‫‪Ôm�a‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪pie‬‬

‫•‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ 1‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘ ﱢﺪﻣ ٍﺔ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪.6-1‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻛﺰﻧﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ« ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻨﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻨﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺒﻨﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻏﺰﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ‬‫ً‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻀﻴﻒ‬ ‫‪،12-7‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺳﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻴﻐﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪ 9-7‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪.12-10‬‬

‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﻄﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ 1‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪ ،12-7‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻣُﻌﻴﱠﻨﺔ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻔﺎﺿ ٍﺔ ﻋﻦ ٍ‬

‫ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﱡﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺜﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻏﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺇﺛﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻚ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻀﻞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﺑﺤﺴﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻗﻆ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺫﻫﻨﻚ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺘﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻚ‬
‫‪ëäá€a@äb†g‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬

‫‪ëäá€a@“aáÁc‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺗُﻨﺒﺊ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﺈﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻮﻧﻔﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﺪﻫﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 9‬ﻭﻣﻐﺰﺍﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ُﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺭﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪pbËÓÄuÏm‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،9-7‬ﻟﺘﻜ ﱢﻮﻥ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.1‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪36‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@›Óó–m‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪28-1 :7‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺑـ »ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ «.‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .1‬ﺻﻒ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﺨﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﻤﻲ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ »ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺷــﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‪ «.‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﺩ ًﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ «.‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﲔ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻭﺭﺅﻳــﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺛﻨﻲ ﻳﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻣﺼﻘﻮﻻ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴُﺮﻯ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻴﻼ ﻭﻣﻬﻴﺒﺎً ﻭﻣﺘﻨﺎﻣﻴﺎً‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺣﻜﻤﺎً ﻭﺣﺸﻴﺎً ﻭﻣﻨﺤﻄﺎً ﻭﻓﺎﺳﺪﺍً‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺍً ﻣﻬﻤﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻼ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﺴﺘﻮﻋﺒﻪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻟﻨﺮ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺷﺒﻴ ٌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺃﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،15 :17‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ‬
‫»ﺷﻌﻮﺑﺎً ﻭﺃﺟﻨﺎﺳﺎً ﻭﺃﻣﻤﺎً ﻭﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ «.‬ﺇﺫﺍً‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺰﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺄﺳ ٍﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺟﻨﺎﺣﺎ ﻧﺴﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺃُﻋﻄﻲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(4‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺿﻼﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃُ ِﻣﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻟﺤﻤﺎً ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻊ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻤﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ٍ‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ .(5‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺟﻨﺤ ٍﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎً ﻻ ﻳُﺸﺒﱠﻪ ﺑﺸﻲ ٍء ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃُﻋﻄﻲ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺎً ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(6‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ُﻮﺻﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺤﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺿﺤﺎﻳﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻳ َ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﺳﻬﻢ ﻭﺩﺍﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺘﻬﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﺮﺍﻗﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻌﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﻢ ﻣﺘﻜﺒﱢﺮ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﺧﺮ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ .(8-7‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .(12-9‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪.(14-13‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺤﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ٍ‬

‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 14-9‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻣُﺴ َﺒﻘﺔ ﺟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﻠﺲ »ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ«‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﺩ‬
‫)ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ( ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺠﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﱡ‬
‫ﺴﺤﻖ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣ ٍﺔ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺠ ٌﺪ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﺗُ َ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﻟﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﺤﺮﺭ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﻨﺔ ﻭﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻴّﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫)‪ 1‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪55-35 :15‬؛ ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻲ ‪21-20 :3‬؛ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪18-13 :4‬؛ ‪ 1‬ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪(2 :3‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﺪﺭﺟﺎً ﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﱡ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎ ٌﻡ ﻣﻜ ﱠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺩﻭﻝ )ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺘﻴﻦ‪) .‬ﺳﺎﻗﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ ،40:2‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ (.‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﺳﺲ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻦ ﻛﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﻟﻴﻨﻬﻲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
 ‫‪37‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .2‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻷﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ »ﻋﺎﻡ‪ «،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻻ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺻﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻟﻌُﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻼ‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺩﻗ ٍﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ ٍﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻷﻛﻴﺪ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ِ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ »ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﻘﺔ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ »ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺵ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻ ْﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺃﺷـــﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ِ .2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﻟــﺮﺅﻳــﺎ ﺍﻟــﱵ ُﺗــﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪28-15 :7‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜ ٍﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻋﺞ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻨﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﺮﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ .(16-15‬ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﺿﺎﻑ ﻓﻮﺭﺍً‪» :‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﺴﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﻓﻴﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﻳﺤﻮﺯﻭﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺑﺪ ﺍﻵﺑﺪﻳﻦ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(18‬ﻭﻟﻸﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻋﻤّﺎ ﺗﻤﺜّﻠﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 7‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺛﻼﺙ ٍ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﺳﺘﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 17‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ًﺓ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪13‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 7‬ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 13‬ﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻌﺎً‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺃُﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ »ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ« ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﻬﻮﺫﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺪ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺒﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺳﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺿﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﻠﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﻟﺒﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻢ ﻧﻈﺮ ًﺓ ﻣُﺴ َﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺚ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻈﺔ ﻟﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﻤﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﻨﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪38‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ ،22-19‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻳﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﺮﺡ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺪءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،23‬ﻓﻴﺠﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻀﻴﻔﺎً ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪،‬‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ٌ‬
‫ﻛﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﺗﺤﺎ ٌﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(23‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺘﺪ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(24‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻜ ﱠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ُﺨﻀﻊ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(24‬‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﻭﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣُﻠﻜﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘ ﱢﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺣﺎﻛﻤﺎً ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺿﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻀﻄﻬﺪ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻣُﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ »ﺛﻼﺙ‬
‫ُﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻳُﺪﻣﱠﺮ ﺑﻤﺠﻲء ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(25‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﻴ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﷲ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(26‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺗﻪ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(27‬ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺑﺼﻴﺮ ًﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ ﻭﻧﻘﻴﱢﻤُﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(24‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﻜ ﱠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ ٌ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺋ ٌﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ )ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 7‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(8‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪،‬‬
‫‪-20‬‬‫ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ« ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺢ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪20 ،8‬‬
‫‪ .(25-24 ،21‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴ ٍﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻋﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤُﻄﻠَﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﺘﻜﺒﺮﺍً‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺢ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﻔﺎﺧﺮﺍً ﻭﺭﻫﻴﺒﺎً ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺼﺪﺍ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻓﻌﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺗﺠﺪﻳﻒ ﺿﺪﻩ ﻭﻳﻀﻄﻬﺪ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺰﻳﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 42‬ﺷﻬﺮﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ‪ 1260‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ »ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 22‬ﻭ‪ ،25‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪/‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ(‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳُﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﻬﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻤﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.1:2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺮﱢﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪25 :7‬؛ ‪7 :12‬؛ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪14 :12‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪2 :11‬؛ ‪5 :13‬‬ ‫‪ 42‬ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪3 :11‬؛ ‪6 :12‬‬ ‫‪ 1260‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﹰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1:2‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺤ ﱠﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻨﻀﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ )ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ٍ‬
 ‫‪39‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .2‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻷﺗﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﺪﺍً ﻗﻮﻳﺎً ﺳﻴﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻟﻤﺤﺔ ﻋﻤﻦ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ «،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻋﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺼﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺣﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮء ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﱢ‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻔﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ٌ‬
‫ﻛﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻪ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( »ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ« ﻭ»ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ« ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻣُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻭ ( ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﻛﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻬﺰﻣﻬﻢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪(.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻳﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ً‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻛﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺷﺮﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺿﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻀﺎﻳﻘﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺭﻣـــﻮﺯ ﺩﺍﻧــﻴــﺎﻝ ‪8‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪27-1 :8‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻐﺰﺍﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﺸﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺗﺼ ﱢﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻜﻢ‬‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ُ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﺍءﺗﻚ ﻟﻸﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 14-1‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺘﺎ ﺳﺘﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪40‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺮﺡ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻛﺒﺶ ﻭﺗﻴﺲ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺶ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﻲء ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺒُﺮ ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻴﺴﺎً ﻟﻪ ﻗﺮﻥ ٌ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﺧﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺲ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺶ ﻭﻫﺰﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ ﻗﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻤﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﺃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ»ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪﺓ‪ «.‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﻘﻂ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺠﺢ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎً ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻭﺩﺍﺋﺴﺎً ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺿﻰ ﺳﺘﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟـ ‪ 2300‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎً ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺃُ ِ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﻴﻨﻬﺾ ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺼﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺸ ﱠﻮﺵ ﺑﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(18-15‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺳﻌﻰ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺒﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺲ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺶ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،(20‬ﻭﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻗﺮﻧﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 3‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻧﻜﺘﺸﻒ ﺃﻣﺮﺍً ﻣﻠﻔﺘﺎً‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﻗﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪» :‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﻗﺮﻧﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣ ُﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(3‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ‬‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﺘﻲ ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﱟ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺖ ﻗﻮ ًﺓ ﻻ ﺗُﻘﺎ َﻭﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪7-5‬‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 21‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫ ﺍﻧﺪﻓﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﻄﺮ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﻭﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺗﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ُﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ »ﺍﻟﺤﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻠﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪) «.‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﻳ َ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻠﻴﻨﻴﻴﻦ« ﺃﻳﻀﺎً(‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻲ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ُﻗ ﱢﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ‬‫ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ً‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﻰ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺷﻤﻠﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺽ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘ ّﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻺﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(22‬‬
‫‪41‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .2‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‬

‫ﻔﺴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .25-23‬ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ ،14-9‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُ ﱠ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﺪﺍً ﻗﻮﻳﺎً ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻺﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻘﺴﻮ ٍﺓ ﻓﺎﺭﺿﺎً ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻬﺎﺟﻢ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪ «،‬ﻭﻳﻬﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘ َﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻳﺨ ِﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻈﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ »ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺪ‪ «،‬ﺳﻴﻬﻠﻚ ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪َ .‬‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺘﻜﺒﱠﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺗﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺛﻤّﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﱢﻤ ٍﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻨﻰ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﺰ ﱢﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻙ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺭﺥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﻳﻮﺳﻴﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﻭﻧﺠﺎﺡ ﺧﻠﻔﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ »ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ« )‪Antiquities‬‬
‫‪ .(of the Jews‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﻛﺮﻳﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻲ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺣﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ُﻛ ِﺘﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ ﻭﺧﻠﻔﺎﺋﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ )ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 175‬ﻕ ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺧﻼ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺻﻤﱠﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻮﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺭﻳﺜﺎً ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻃﻔﺎً ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﺍﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻄﺮ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﺒﱠﺖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻠﱡﻖ ﻭﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﺭﺷﺎﻭﻯ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﺃ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺷﻲ ٌء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺴﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎً »ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﻤﺔ«(‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻃﻤﻮﺣﻪ ﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤُﺤ َﺒﻂ ﻃﺎﻗﺎﺗﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ٍ‬
‫ﻣُﻨﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋ ٍﺬ ﱠ‬

‫ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﱢﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺩﻉ ﻟﺤﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪﺓ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ (9‬ﻭ»ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ «،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺘﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ‬
‫ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ .(24 :9‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﻻﺳﺘﺌﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﺮﺽ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻻء‬
‫ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﱠ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻴﺎﺩ ﻭﺷﻌﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘ َﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻜﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﻋﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺤ ﱢﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻭﻻءﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻨﻮﺍ ِ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺫﻋﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 168‬ﻕ ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﺰﻣﻮﻥ ﻓﻈﺎﺋﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻗﺼﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻠﻊ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻔﺬ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﺑﻮﺣﺸﻴ ٍﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺨﺘﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﻔﻈﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻨﺠﻴﺴﻪ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﺑﺸﺤﻢ ﺧﻨﺰﻳﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺫﺑﺢ ﺧﻨﺰﻳﺮﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺑﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﺯﺩﺭﺍءﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺩﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪42‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺋﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮﺍً ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻟﺤﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺠﺴﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺑﻠﺤﻢ ﺧﻨﺰﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻘ َﺘﻠﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺮﺍً ً‬
‫ﺛﻘﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﱢ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﻛﺎﻫﻦ ﺗﻘﻲ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻣﺘﺜﻴﺎ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﺸﻴﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺨﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍً ﻟﻴﺮﻯ ﻓﺸﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻭﻏﺎﻣﻀﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﺔ‬

‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺺ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﻭﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴ ٍﺔ ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺋ ٍﺪ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻨﻘﺴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺗﺘﻜﺸﻒ‬
‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻲ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳ َ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻤﱠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻟﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ‪» :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺭﻛﺰ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ؟« ﻭﻧﺸﻌﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳ ﱠ‬
‫ُﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻠﻦ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻨﺮﻯ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻴﺎﻧﺎً ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺩ ٍﺓ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﻣﺘﻜﺒﱢﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺠﺮﻑ‬‫ﻒ ﻣﻜ ﱠﻮ ٍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺤﺎﻟُ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺸﻦ ﺣﺮﺑﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻬﻠﻚ ﺑﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﺎً ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺳﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺱ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘ ﱠﺪ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻫﻨﻚ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻞ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﻟﺴﻔﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺼﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪8‬؟‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﻄ ﱡﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺔ ٍ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻳﺘﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺍء ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ٍ‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺗﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺟـ ( ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺋﺪ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻳﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻧﺎﺟﺤﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻟﻨﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺧﺼﻤﺎً ﷲ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪43‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .2‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‬

‫) ﻭ ( ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﻄﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‪ 7‬ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ »ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ« ﻟﻦ ﻳُﺪﻣﱠﺮ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﺠﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ِ .4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳــﺎﺳــﻴــﺔ ﰲ ﺷـــﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪27-1 :9‬‬
‫»ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ« ﰲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪::9‬‬
‫‪.27-24‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺼﺔ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 9‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻗﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﱠﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﻭﻃﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻃﻨﺎً َﺧﺮﺑﺎً ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻼ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ ﺳﻴﺪﻭﻡ ﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ )ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪11:25‬؛ ‪ .(10:29‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ً‬
‫ﺗﺴﺄﻝ‪» :‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ؟ ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ؟« ﻃﺒﻌﺎً‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﺍﺏ ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪((21-15‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻓﺾ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ))‪ 2‬ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ‪15 :36‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﻫﻮ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﱢﻖ ﺑﺈﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫)ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﻻﻭﻳﻴﻦ ‪ 14 :25‬ﺑـ ‪ 2‬ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ‪ (.36 :21‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻂ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺳﺒﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 490‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﺑﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺗﻚ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﺈﺭﺍﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺿﻬﻢ ﻟﺴﻨ ٍﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻛﻞ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ‪ 7‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ‪ 70‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺟـ ( ‪ 490‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ‪ 50‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﻜﺮ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻴﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ .19-1 :9‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺗﻮﺷﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺷﻴﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﻰ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﺨﺒﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫‪27-24:9‬‬
‫ﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺮﺃﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪24:9‬‬‫‪ 490‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺗُ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑـ »ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﺎً‪ «.‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء‬
‫»ﺃﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ‪ «،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ »ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ« ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺪءﺍً ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،،24‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ )ﺑﻨﻲ‬
‫ُﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ( ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ )ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ(‪ .‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ‬
‫‪ ،26-25‬ﻳﺸﺮﺡ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻟـ »ﺳﺒﻌﺎﺗﻬﺎ« ﺑﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻋﺪﺩ »ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺎﺕ« ﺑﻴﻦ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭﺑﻨﺎء ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻣﺠﻲء »ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡ« ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺴﻊ ﻭﺳﺘﻮﻥ »ﺳﺒﻌﺔ« )ﺃﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻴﻦ(‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺿﻴﻖ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ )ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗُﺒﻨﻰ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ُﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺷﻲء‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺴﻊ ﻭﺳﺘﻴﻦ »ﺳﺒﻌﺔ« ﺳﻴ َ‬ ‫‪..2‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺁﺕ ﺳﻴﺪﻣﱢﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟ َﻤ ِﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﻴﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻣﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺷﻌﺐ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪44‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻨﻘﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﻳﺔ » َﻣﺸﻴﱠﺢ« ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﺧﺮﻳﺴﺘﻮﺱ‪ «،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻨﻴﺎﻥ »ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡ« ﺃﻭ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ «.‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﻳُﻘ َﺘﻞ« )ﺃﻭ »ﻳ َ‬
‫ُﻘﻄﻊ‪ «،‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ( ﻓﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻨﺬ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺮﺕ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻜ ﱠﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.2 :2‬‬

‫‪ 49‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪ 7 X 7‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ(‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺳﺒﻌﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ 434‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪ 7 X 62‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ(‬ ‫‪ 62 +‬ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ 483‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪ 7 X 69‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ(‬ ‫‪ 69‬ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫‪490‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪ 7 X 70‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ(‬ ‫‪ 70‬ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫‪483‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪ 7 X 69‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ(‬ ‫‪ 69 -‬ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫‪ 7‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪ 7X 1‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ(‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 :2‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ »ﺳﺒﻌﺔ« ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 24‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺪﻳﻨﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻧﺘﻤﻌﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 26‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡ ﺳﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 483‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫»ﻳُﻘ َﺘﻞ‪ «.‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺑﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺎء ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﻛﺐ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺣﻤﺎﺭﺍً ﻟﻴﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﻌﻠِﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ )ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪9 :9‬؛ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪.(11-4 :21‬‬
‫ﻓﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﻮﺕ‬ ‫»ﻗﻄﻊ« )ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ( ﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ً‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 29‬ﻡ ﻭ‪ 33‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ٍ‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﻣﱠﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺳﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(26‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺼﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﻣﺮﻳﺮ ﻷﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻴﻄﺲ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﻻ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 70‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺑﺘﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﺷﻪ ﻏﺎﺿﺒﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﺮﻭﺩﺱ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻳﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺫﺍﺏ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻘﻮﻕ ﺭﺧﺎﻡ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ُﺘﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﺨﻠﻊ ﺣﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻤﱢﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪» :2 :24‬ﻟﻦ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳُﻬﺪَﻡ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ «.‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎً ﻣﻦ »ﻗﻄﻊ«‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺕ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺩﻣﺎﺭ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ؟ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﺪ ﱢﻭﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺤﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺘﻤﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻴﺮﺍً ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺒﺄﻭﺍ ﺑﺂﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻌﻘﺐ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ )‪ 1‬ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ‪.(11 :1‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺠﻮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺤﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﻱ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 27 :2‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴُﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺘﺮ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴُﻘﻄﻊ ﻫﻮ »ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ« ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .26‬ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻛﺄﻣﺮ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،25‬ﺇﺫ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ٍ 26‬‬
 ‫‪45‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .2‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‬

‫ﻳﺒﻖ ﺳﻮﻯ‬‫‪ ،27‬ﻓﻨﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻣﺮ ﺗﺴﻊ ﻭﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ َ‬
‫ﺣﻘﺒﺔ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺕ ﻣﺎ‬‫ﺁﺧﺮ »ﺳﺒﻌﺔ« ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ً‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻊ ﻭﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ُﻗ ﱢﺮﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .24‬ﻣﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ُ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺘﻨﺒﱠﺄ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 27‬ﻋﻦ ﻗﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ َﻣﻦ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪«،‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﺑﺸﻲ ٍء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 13‬ﻭ‪ .17‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ »ﻋﻬﺪﺍً« ﺃﻭ »ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎً«‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ »ﺳﺒﻌ ٍﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ «،‬ﺃﻱ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺨﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻭﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ٍﺓ ﻣﺰﻳﱠﻔﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫ُﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 3 :2‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺭﺳﻤﺎً ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎً ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬
‫‪ 490‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.27-24 :9‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﺒﻌﲔ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﺎﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪27-24:9‬‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 16 :16‬ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍ‪‬ﻲﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺯﻣﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺯﻣﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﺒﻌﺎﺕ )‪ 7X7‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ( ‪ 62‬ﺳﺒﻌﺔ )‪ 7X 62‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﻓﺠﻮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫)ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺠﻴﺲ(‬ ‫)ﻋﻬﺪ ﺿﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ(‬ ‫|‪ 49 -------‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 434 -------| |-------‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪|-------‬‬
‫|‪ 3.5 -------‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 3.5 -------| |-------‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪|-------‬‬
‫|‪ 7 ----------------------‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪|-----------------------‬‬ ‫|‪ 483 ---------------------‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪|---------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 :2‬‬

‫‪ .10‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 27-24 :9‬ﺑﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ .11‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻔﻜﺮ ﺑﻔﺘﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻜ ﱠﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 9‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﱢ‬
‫‪ 490‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ُﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺳﺒﻌﺔ« ﺃﻭ »ﺳﺒﻌﺎﺕ« ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪27-24 :9‬‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻜ ﱠﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ُﺩﻋﻴﺖ »ﺃﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ‪«.‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،27-24 :9‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜ ﱠﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 490‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺣﺪﺙ ﺩﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 70‬ﻡ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻴﻄﺲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪ ًﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﺨﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻭﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻭ ( ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻊ ﻭﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺠﻮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪46‬‬

‫‪ .12‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 25 :9‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺎء ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺳﺘﻤﺮ ‪ 490‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺳﺘﻤﺮ ‪ 483‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺳﺘﻤﺮ ‪ 434‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺳﺘﻤﺮ ‪ 49‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻈﻬﺮ‪ (1) :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ‬‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﺮﺩ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺼﺔ ﻹﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪ 40-31 :31‬ﺗُ ِ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻰ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪ ((3)) ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﻴُﺮ ﱡﺩﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ((2)) ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ً‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺬﻛﺮﻙ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺗﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ!‬

‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻠﺨﺺ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ً :‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻀﻊ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻼ ﻗﻮﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪ ًﺓ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎً ﻷﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺟ ٍﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﻔﺎء ﻭﺭﺿﻰ ﺫﺍﺗﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺤﺘﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﻳﺠﺒﺮﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻤُﺨﻠﱢﺺ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻫﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩﺍً ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .13‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺳﻮﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺃﻣﻨﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﻗﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻳﻔﺎﻭﺿﻮﻥ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ٍ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻛﺘﻔﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ُﺨﺮﻕ ﻋﻬﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﻔﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺮﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬‫) ﺝ ( ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻤُﺨﻠﺺ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻔﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺮﻳﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ ﻣﻠﻴﺌﺎً ﺑﺎﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺈﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﻪ‬
‫ً‬ ‫) ﻫـ ( ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻬﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻷﺟﻠﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ِ .5‬ﺻﻒ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ‬

‫ﻭ‪ ،،9‬ﻭﻣﻐﺰﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻭ‪9 8‬‬
‫ﻭ‪9‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪8 7‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪7 2‬‬
‫ﺃﺿﻔﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍً ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺿﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘ ﱡﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ ﻭﺻﻮﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ُﺨﻄﻄﺎً ﻋﺮﻳﻀﺎً ﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺠﻲء‬ ‫ﻗ ﱠﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 2‬ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺸﺆﻭﻥ‬‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ٍ‬
‫ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ٌ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺗﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻄﺮﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻣﻜ ّﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ٍ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻳﺪﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﻳﻌﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻤﻮﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺰﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫‪47‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .2‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺿﻌﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻﺣﻈﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﻸ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺣﻘﺎ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺁﺗﻴﺎ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺿﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻀﻴﻔﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﺮﺃﺳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ «،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺤﻮﺫ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﺼﺐ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣُﺘﺨﻠﱢﺼﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﻭﻣﺜﺒﱢﺘﺎً ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻩ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺧﺼﻤﺎً ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻲ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﻀﻄﻬﺪ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺠﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﻬﻠﻚ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻟﺮﺑﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗ ﱠﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺻﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻭﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺒﻪ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ‬‫ً‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻘﺒﻠﻲ ُﺳ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺷﺮﻳﺮﺍً ﻭﺧﺪﺍﻋﺎً‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻀﻄﻬﺪﺍً ﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺠﺢ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻬﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻘﻮ ٍﺓ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻋﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻴ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﻐﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺳ ٍﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤُﻄﻠَﻖ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻭﺿﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺘﻬﻠِ ُﻜﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻻ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺎً ﻟﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻌﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺎء ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺴﻊ ﻭﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 483‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪ ٍﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫)‪ .(27 :9‬ﻭﺳﻴُﺤﺘ َﻔﻞ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﻛﺄﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ‬
‫ُﻤﺰﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻫﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻐﻴﱢﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺩﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﻳﻬﺔ ﻭﻧﺠﺴﺔ ﺳﺘﺪﻧﱢﺲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﻴﺎً ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺩﺋﺎً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء ﻟﻠﻬﺮﻭﺏ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺘﻨﺒﱠﺄ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ »ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ َ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻫﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴ ٍﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴ ٍﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ُ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻟﻔﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﺍﺗﻨﺎ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪48‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻟﻜﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻤُﻞ ﺑﻌ ُﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ِ ،‬‬ ‫‪.14‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ً .1‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺩﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪......‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺇﻧﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻜ ﱠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺩﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ‬ ‫‪......‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎً‬
‫ﺑﻤﻠﻜﻮﺕ »ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﻖ« ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎً‬
‫) ﺟـ ( ﻋﻤﻞ »ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮ« ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻫﺪ ٍﺓ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ‪ .5‬ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎً‬ ‫‪......‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺩ ( ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻨﺠﻴﺲ ﻭﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﻫـ ( ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .15‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﱡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 2‬ﻭ ‪ 7‬ﻭ‪ 8‬ﻭ‪9‬؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺭﺝ؟‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪ .16‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪49‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .2‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،7‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺟـ ( ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ُﻭ ِﺟﺪﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ »ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ« ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺣﺎﻛﻤﺎً ﻗﻮﻳﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﻛﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ٍ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪ ) :‬ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ (‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ‪ 160 – 330‬ﻕ ﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺨﺺ‪:‬‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻗﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻘﺖ‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﻮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺃﺭﺗﺤﺸﺴﺘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ »ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ« ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪8‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺮ ًﺓ ﻣُﺴ َﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﻀﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍً ﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺭﺧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﻧﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ُﺫ ِﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ (‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻣﺎ ُﺫ ِﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ (‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺭﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻛﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻫﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻛﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﺴﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪50‬‬

‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ »ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ« ﺳﻴﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴ َ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺤﻖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻭ َﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤ َﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ِ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﺠﺢ »ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ« ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺿﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻼﻗﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻓﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﺟﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ٍ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠ ٍﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻊ ﻭﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﺑ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺎء ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡ ﻭﻗﻄﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺩﻣﺎﺭ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻣﺠﻲء ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻮﻥ( ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 9‬ﺑـ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺇﺑﻄﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻹﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎ َﻭﻣ ٍﺔ‬
‫ﻜﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤ ِ‬
‫ُ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪ ) :‬ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ (‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ) ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪51‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .2‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻷﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬

‫ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻗﺎﺋ ٌﺪ ﻗﻮﻱ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ‪ 7‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﻊ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻜ ﱠﻮ ٍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ٍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ٍ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎً ﷲ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻀﻄﻬﺪ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻴُﺨﻠَﻊ ﻭﻳﻬﻠﻚ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺰﺍﻝ ﻣُﻠﻜﻪ ﻟﻴﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﻟﺮﺑﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ .15‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ٍ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧــﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﻟﺜﻼﺛ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺳﻘﻮﻁ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻘﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ »ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ «،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻌﻘﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺔ ٍ‬ ‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪ ) .11‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ .16‬ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺪﺭﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.8‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫‪ ) .12‬ﺏ ( ﺳﺘﻤﺮ ‪ 483‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫـ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ) ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ ،‬ﺩ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎً‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫‪ ) .14‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎً‬ ‫‪.5‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎً‬ ‫‪.4‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
 ‫‪áÁbìfl‬‬ ‫‪pie‬‬ ‫•‬

‫•‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪pie‬‬
‫˛‪@’Óõ€a@Ú‰flå‬‬
‫‪ÚÓm�a‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪pie‬‬

‫•‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻓﺼﻼ ﺗﻜ ﱢﻮﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﺛﻨﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪ 7‬ﻭ‪ 8‬ﻭ‪ .9‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻨﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻢ ﻭﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪.12-10‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻣﺎ ﱢ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻜﺮ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑ َﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺗﻨﺎ؟ ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ )ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻋﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺜﻖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﺰﺭﻉ ﻓﻴﻚ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎً ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍً‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎً ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍً ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﺭﻉ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺘﻚ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@äb†g‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﱢﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺏ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
 ‫ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺃﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﺲ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻟﻀﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ‬

‫‪ëäá€a@“aáÁc‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﺍﷲ ﻟﺮﺅﻯ ﻟﺨ ﱠﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻭﻋﺒﻴﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻘﺖ ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﱠ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ِﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻣﺜﻠ ٍﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ )ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ( ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪pbËÓÄuÏm‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ..2‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍً ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘ ﱡﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ُﻛﺘﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘ ﱡﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘ ﱡﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪) .‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ُﻛﺘﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺐ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻘ ﱡﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﱠﻤ َﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪(.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪54‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@›Óó–m‬‬

‫ﻧﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ )ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﻪ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ .(12 :6‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺰ ﱢﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻃﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ِ‬
‫ُﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﻱ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻲ(‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺖ ُ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣُﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﺎً ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪ 12-10‬ﺗﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﺘﻄ ﱠﻮﺭ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ‬
‫ﺺ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻛﻤ ﱠ‬
‫ُﻠﺨ ٍ‬
‫ﺃﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﱠﻨﺔ ﺳﻴﻤﺮ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪ 7‬ﻭ‪ 8‬ﻭ‪ 9‬ﻭ‪ 12-10‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺗﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻳﺴ ﱢﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .1‬ﻋـــﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬

‫ّ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪12-1 :10‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺪﺭﺱ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺟﻼﻝ ﻭﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺭﺁﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺪ ﱢﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،1‬ﺗﺴﺒﱠﺐ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺎً ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺎً )ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(3‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻃﻨﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺃُﺻ ِﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺿﻬﻢ )‪ 2‬ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ‪ .(23 :36‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺧﻮﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﻃﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﺤﺰﻥ ﻭﻳﺼﻮﻡ ﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺒﱠﺒﺖ ﻗﻠﻘﺎً ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍً ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ )ﻋﺰﺭﺍ ‪ .(5-1 :4‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺷﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﻋﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺛﻘﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً )ﻋﺰﺭﺍ ‪.(24 :4‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﻼ ً‬‫ً‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺒﺒﺖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﺼﻼﺗﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻴﻨﺰﻉ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﻓﻪ ﻭﻗﻠﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻀﻄﺮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ( ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻠﻘﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺗﻬﺪﻑ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﻗﺖ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﺗﺸﺠﻴﻌﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺮﺳﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﱢ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺈﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﺠﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺟﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻫﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻱ ﱠ‬
‫‪55‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .3‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻡ ﻭﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ‪.‬‬‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ٍ‬

‫ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺤﻘﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﻋﻴﻪ ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ِ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 1 :3‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.1‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬

‫»ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺛﻮﺑﺎ ﹰ ﻃﻮﻳﻼﹰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﹸﺒﻞ‬ ‫»ﻻﺑﺲ ﻛﺘﺎﻧﺎ ﹰ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(5‬‬ ‫ﻟﺒﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻪ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(13‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫»ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(13‬‬ ‫»ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(5‬‬ ‫ﺣﺰﺍﻣﻪ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ‬ ‫»ﻛﺸﻌﻠ ﹴﺔ ﻣﻠﺘﻬﺒ ﹴﺔ«‬ ‫»ﻛﻤﺸﻌﻠﻲ ﻧﺎﺭ«« ))ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(6‬‬ ‫ﻋﻴﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(14‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺦ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﻣﺼﻘﻮﻝ«‬

‫ﹴ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ »ﻛﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻘﻴﻞ« »‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(15‬‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(6‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻴﺎ ﹴﻩ ﻏﺰﻳﺮﺓ«‬

‫ﹺ‬ ‫»ﻛﺼﻮﺕ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ«« ))ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ »‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(15‬‬ ‫‪(6‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 :3‬‬

‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺛﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺗُﺼ َﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻥ )ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ‪ .(43-39 :28‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﺮﺟﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﺄﻟﱠﻒ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫)ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.(20-19 :21‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 7 :10‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺣ ٌﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺒﺪﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﺣﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻠِﻦ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﺧﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 10-8 :10‬ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 17 :1‬ﺗﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺭﺃﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 10 :10‬ﺃﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﺎً ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻓﻲ ‪6-5‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺭﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻭﺻﻮﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 19‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﻴﺎ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎً‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻟﻬﺆﻻء )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ‪ 11 :33‬؛ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ‪ ،23 :2‬ﻛﺄﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ(‪ .‬ﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ؟ ﺇﻥ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎً! ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ‪8 :4‬‬
‫»ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ‪ «.‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻗ ٍﺔ ﺣﻤﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻌﱢﻞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪56‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ً‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻋﻠِﻨﺖ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺃﻋﻄﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻬﻤﺎً ﻟﻺﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺗﻪ ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ ﺗُﻌﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺃﻋﻄﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺘﻨﺒﱠﺄ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻭ ( ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻻ ﺗُﻌﻄﻰ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺏ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .2‬ﺑــﺎﻻﻋــﺘــﻤــﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪21-13 :10‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،،10‬ﺻﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺼﻴﺮ ًﺓ ﻣ ً‬
‫ُﺪﻫﺸﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 13‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻷﺟﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺻﻼﻫﺎ ﻭﺳﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 13‬ﻟﺘﺮﻯ َﻣﻦ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺃﻋﺎﻗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ َﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪) .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻷﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺨﺎﺋﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ!(‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺃﻱ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 20‬ﻭ‪ 21‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻳﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﻰ ﻣﻴﺨﺎﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻐﻠﱠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺒﺪﺃً ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺎً‪ :‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺣﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﺪ ٌﺩ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ .(12‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ )ﻳﺼﻒ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ‪12 :6‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻹﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫‪(1 :12‬‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻃﻨﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃُ ِ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻞ ﻣﻴﺨﺎﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪12‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﺍﻉ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪.(21-20‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،14‬ﻫﻮ »ﻷﺑﻴﱢﻦ ﻟﻚ ]ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ[ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﺸﻌﺒﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ «.‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﻣ ٍﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻼ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﺭﺍً )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪10 :12‬‬
‫‪(10‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺘﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ً‬
‫‪57‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .3‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺗﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺭﻓﻀﺎً ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻋﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻓﻮﻗﻨﺎ ﻧﺤﺎﺳﺎً ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠﻧﻔﺎﺫ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺁﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺩﻗﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﺟﻴﺪﺍً ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ً‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﺇﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ً‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﷲ ﻭﻋﺒﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺗﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ‬ ‫) ﺩ ( ﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ٌ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻑ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ٍ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﺷﻲ ٍء ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ً‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﻞ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ‬‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺗﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﻣُﻤﺜﱠﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﻴﺨﺎﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻻ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎً ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻠﱠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺗﻨﺒﺆﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮﺍً ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎً ﻷﻥ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻂ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻟﻢ َ‬
‫ُﺸﻜﻜﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ‬ ‫ُﺪﻫﺸﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃُﻧﺒﺊ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺑﺪﻗ ٍﺔ ﻣ ِ‬
‫ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﺗﻢ ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪ ﱢﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻧﺒﻮ ًﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺒﻲ ﻭﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤُﻄﻠَﻖ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬
‫ﻣُﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﻌﻠِﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻘﺖ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ ،11‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ‪ 135‬ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺤﺎً ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺇﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪58‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻤﻨﺤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻟﻨﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﻌ ُﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،35-1 :11‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻚ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .3‬ﻣـــﺎ ﺍﻟــﻌــﻨــﺎﺻــﺮ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪4-1 :11‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻃﻤﺄﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺳﻼﻟﺘﻪ ﺳﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﺨﻠﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺇﺫ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻤﻴﱠﺰ ﺟﺪﺍً‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻏﻨﻴﺎً ﻭﻋﺪﻭﺍﻧﻴﺎً ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤُﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺒﺄ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺳﻴﺤﺸﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺪﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺟﺘﻴﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺈﺛﺎﺭﺓ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻭﺗﺤﻤﻴﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻃﻔﻴﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺸﻮﻳﺮﻭﺵ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )‪ 468-486‬ﻕ ﻡ(‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺭﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺵ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ )‪ 529-539‬ﻕ ﻡ(‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺴﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻫﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﻤﺒﻴﺰ )‪ 522-529‬ﻕ ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻤﻴﺮﺩﻳﺲ )‪ 521-522‬ﻕ ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺍﺭﻳﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺮ ﻣﻌﺎً ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺸﻮﻳﺮﻭﺵ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺴﺘﺎﺳﺒﻴﺲ )‪ 486-521‬ﻕ ﻡ(‪َ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﻘﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺸﻮﻳﺮﻭﺵ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﺠﻤﻊ ﺛﺮﻭ ٍﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻴﺪﻳﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻄﺒﱢﻘﻮﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺿﺎﻑ ﺃﺣﺸﻮﻳﺮﻭﺵ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺟﺘﻴﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﻟﻬﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻭﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﺟﻴﺸﺎً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻴﺎﺡ ﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 480‬ﻕ ﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﺳﻼﻣﻴﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﺰﻳﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺃ ﻣﺠﺪ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﻣﺖ ﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺧﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﻟﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﺣﺸﻮﻳﺮﻭﺵ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺇﺛﺎﺭﺓ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺳﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻭﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﻟﻺﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺱ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﻠﻄ ٍﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﻨﺒﺄ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 3‬ﻭ‪ 4‬ﺑﻘﻴﺎﻡ ٍ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ ﻗﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺰﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﻛﺎ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻪ ﻟﺘﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﻧﻲ )‪ 338‬ﻕ ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻏﺘﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺒﻨﺎء ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳ ٍﺔ )‪ 336‬ﻕ ﻡ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺤﻮﺫ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺵ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻗﺖ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺰﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻲ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﺎء ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 323‬ﻕ ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ َ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻳﺜﺎً ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺟﺪﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ٍ‬
 ‫‪59‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .3‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻠﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬
‫»ﻭﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻨﺴﻠﻪ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ (4‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻘﺖ ﺑﺤﺮﻓﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪﺭ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺎﻣﺎﺧﻮﺱ‬

‫ﻭﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻮﺫ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ ﻓﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﺃﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺻﺮﺍﻉ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺕ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﺘﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪ 323-539‬ﻕ ﻡ(‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌ َﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﱢ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻛﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺃﺛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺟـ ( ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﻘﻮ ٍﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺴﻠﻪ ﻭﻭﺭﺛﺔ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻮﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .4‬ﺍﺷـــــﺮﺡ ﺃﳘــﻴــﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﻭﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪20-5 :11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺳﺘﻨﻜﺴﺮ ﻭﺗُ َ‬
‫ﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ ﻭﻧﺴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ ﻭﻧﺴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺨﻼﻝ‬
‫ﱞ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺏ ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 300‬ﻕ ﻡ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 198‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻴﻦ »ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ« ﻛﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻞ ﺳﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﺎ ﺗﻘﻌﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﺑـ »ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ« ﻭ»ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ )‪ 323‬ﻕ ﻡ(‬
‫ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 198‬ﻕ ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺣﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪،20-5‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺯ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 140‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﻛﻴﻒ ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﻣُﺼﺎﺩَﻗﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪60‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺳﻮﺗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﺪﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺟﻴﺶ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ ﱠ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻠﻜﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻘﺎً‬
‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎً ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺰﻡ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﱢ‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 6‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺛﻴﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻃﻠﱠﻖ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﻻﻭﺩﻳﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺰ ﱠﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺧﺘﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻔﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺰﻭﺍﺝ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ ﺑﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ )ﻓﻲ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻫﺪﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻃﻠﱠﻖ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻻﻭﺩﻳﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻭﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻢ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﻬﺎ‬‫ﺑﺮﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺰ ﱠﻭﺝ ً‬
‫ﻧﺼﺒﺖ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻨﻴﻜﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺨﺎﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﱠ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 9-7‬ﺑﺒﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺃﻭﺭﻳﻐﻴﺘﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﺎﺟﻢ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻨﻴﻜﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻨﺘﻘﻢ ﻟﻤﻘﺘﻞ ﺃﺧﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻢ ﻟﻤﻘﺘﻞ ﺃﺧﺘﻪ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﺒﺄ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪،‬‬‫ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﱠ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻡ ﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ ﺑﻤﻬﺎﺟﻤﺔ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ُﻫ ِﺰﻡ ﻫﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﻧﻜﺮﺍء‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻃﻨﻪ ﻳﺠﺮ ﺃﺫﻳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺰﻳﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺟﺰ ٍء ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻴﺸﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 12-10‬ﺑﺄﺑﻨﺎء ﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻨﻴﻜﻮﺱ‪ .‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻴﺮﻭﻧﻮﺱ ﻭﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺴﻌﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻫﻤﺎ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻦ‪ُ ،‬ﻗﺘﻞ ﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻛﻴﺮﻭﻧﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤ ﱠﺪﻯ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻴﻠﻮﺑﺎﺗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ُﻫﺰﻡ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻗﺪﺍً ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﺘﺎﺩﻩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ .(12-11‬ﻭﻟﺤﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ ﻭﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺘﺮ ُﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻂ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺑﺎﻛﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎً ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺠ ٍﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 13‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺰﻳﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﻜﺪﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺮﺩﻳﻦ‬
‫‪ ،(14‬ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺤﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﺃﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﺲ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺋﻨﻴﻦ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪14‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺴﺔ ﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻄﺮ‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(15‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺭﺍﺳﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ »ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪﺓ«‬
‫ﺧﻄﻂ ﻻﺟﺘﻴﺎﺡ ﻣﺼﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻠﻊ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺧﺼﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻘﺔ ﺑﺘﺰﻭﻳﺞ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻮﺑﺘﺮﺍ‬‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ )ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﻮﺑﺘﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻥ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ ﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻪ ﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺘﻪ ﺿﺪ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻂ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﺠﺢ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(17‬‬

‫ﻭﻳُﻨﺒﺊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 18‬ﻭ‪ 19‬ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣ ﱠﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺰﻳ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 196‬ﻕ ﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
 ‫‪61‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .3‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺳﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺕ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﺎً‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ‬‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﻗﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺷﻬﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻴﻼء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻢ ﺗُﺸ َﺒﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﱠ‬
‫‪ 192‬ﻕ ﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻏﺮﺑﺎً ﻻﺟﺘﻴﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻘﺼﺪ ﺿﻢ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻜﻴﺒﺘﻮ )‪ُ ،(Scipto‬ﻫ ِﺰﻡ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﺰﻳﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﺸﻞ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﺒﺄ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻗﺼﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ُﻃﻠِﺐ‬
‫ﺭﻫﻴﻨﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﻥ ﻳُﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﺘﻪ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﻨﻬﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ‪ُ ،‬ﻗ ِﺘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻤﱢﻤﺎً ﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺛﺮ‪«.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ »ﻳﻌﺜﺮ ﻭﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻟﻪ ٌ‬

‫ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻴﻠﻮﺑﺎﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﺑﻮﻩ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﻪ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻭﻟﻠﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻃﻠﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ‬‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﻲ ﺿﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ٍ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻫﻴﻠﻴﻮﺩﻭﺭﻭﺱ )‪ ،(Heliodorus‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻬﺐ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻛﺪﺍً ً‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ُﻣ ِﻨﻊ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﺇﻋﺠﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺩﺱ ﻫﻴﻠﻴﻮﺩﻭﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻢ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺘﺎﻝ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(20‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻲ‬‫ً‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ »ﻳﻨﻜﺴﺮ ﻻ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺍً ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻷﻥ ﻛﻠﺘﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﺎ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻷﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻟﻺﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻷﻥ ﺇﺳﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻷﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﺗﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ‪ 323‬ﻕ ﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 198‬ﻕ ﻡ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ٍ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 20-5‬ﻟﺪﺍﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .5‬ﺍﺫﻛـــﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺃﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﺲ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻟﻀﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳــﺎﺳــﻴــﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟــﻨــﺒــﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪35-21 :11‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢ ﱠﻘﻘﺖ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺃﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻢ‬‫ﱢ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻈﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪62‬‬

‫ﺭﻣﺰﺍً ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ًﺓ ﻟﻀﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺻﻮﺭ ًﺓ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 24-21‬ﺻﻮﺭ ًﺓ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻻﻋﺘﻼء ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺨﺺ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﻩ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﺐ »ﺃﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﺲ‪ «،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﻼﻣﻊ‪ «،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﺍﻋﻪ(‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻂ ﺃﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﺲ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺕ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻴﻠﻮﺑﺎﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﻣﻴﻨﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ )‪ ،(Eumenes II‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻣﻴﻨﻴﺲ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﺍً ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻠﻘﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻴﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻌﺮ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ )ﺗﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﺪﻓﻌﻪ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﻭﻣﺎﻥ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺮﻑ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣ ٍﺔ ﺿﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻫﻴﻠﻴﻮﺩﻭﺭﻭﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺯﻥ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻻﻏﺘﺼﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻮﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺘﻪ ﺑﺎءﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺸﻞ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(22‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻊ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺃﻭﻧﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻛﻬﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺻﻮﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻀﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺎﻫﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺪﻓﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ )ﻟﻴﻨﻘﻠﻮﺍ ﻻﺣﻘﺎً ﻭﻻءﻫﻢ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 23‬ﻭ‪ 24‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻜﺮ ﻭﺧﺪﺍﻉ‪،‬‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻫﻼ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺼﻮﻣﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻛﺎﺗﻪ‬‫ً‬
‫ﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺁﺑﺎﺅﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣُﺪﻫﺸﺔ ﻟﻢ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺪﻗ ٍﺔ‬
‫ﻣُﺪﻫﺸﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 28-25‬ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺒﺎء ﻋﻦ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺼﺮ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ ﺳﻴُﻌﺎﻕ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺆﺍﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺗُﺤﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺿﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ »ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ‪ «،‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﺊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪ ﱢﻭﻧﻪ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪َ .‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻛﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺢ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺟﺘﻴﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻤﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﻖ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻴﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻠﻴﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺰ ٌء ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻛﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻠﺴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎ َﻭﺿﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﻏﺒﺎً ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻔﺎء ﺑﻮﻋﻮﺩﻩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(27‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺎﺋﺪﺍً ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻄﺎﻛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫‪63‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .3‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺑﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻠﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﻗﺪ ﻋﻴﱠﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻛﻬﻨ ٍﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﻱ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻗﻀﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ »ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،(22‬ﻓﺄﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺛﻘﺎﻓ ٍﺔ ﻭﺩﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﻟﻐﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺼﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺒﱠﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﺰﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻋﻦ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻴﺮﺍﺛﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺠﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺸﺮﺍء ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻪ‬‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺴﺐ ﻭﺩ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (35-29‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬

‫ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪29‬‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻪ ﻟﺘﺸﻤﻞ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺳﻔﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻃﺊ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺘﻪ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ »ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ« ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺮ ﻣﺮ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻓﺸﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪َ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 168‬ﻕ ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺟﺘﻴﺎﺡ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟ ٍﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﻫﺠﻮﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﻟﻤﻬﺎﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﺭﻭﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺿﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺃُﺣﺒﻂ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﱡﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺬﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺄﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﺼﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻄﺎﻛﻴﺔ ‪‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤُﺸﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺫ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺄﺓ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﻭﺣﻨﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺠﺲ ﺍﻟﻬﻜﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺠﻞ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺴﺮﻩ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﱢ‬
‫ﻧﺠﺲ ﻟﻔﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺑﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺟﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﻞ ﻟﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻨﺰﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻊ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ ﻭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺻﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﻋﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﺎﻻ ﻟﺰﻳﻮﺱ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﻤﺒﻮﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬‫ً‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺳﻮﺃ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ(‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ »ﺭﺟﺎﺳﺔ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﺴﺪﺍً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(31‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺈﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﻂ »ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(30‬‬

‫ﻋﺰﻡ‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء ﻣﺼﻌﻮﻗﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻧﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﺎﻭﻣﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻜﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺛﺒﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺃﻧﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺈﻏﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺮﺷﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻠﱡﻖ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(32‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﻘﻮ ٍﺓ ﻭﻗﺴﻮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء ﺭﻓﻌﻮﺍ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺳﻌﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻬﻮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺩﻯ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﺎﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ (1) :‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺕ ﺣﻤﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪ (2) ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﺘُ ِﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺎء ﻭﺗﻨﻘﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﻳﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﷲ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.(35-33‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺣﺪﻭﺍ ﻭﺭﺍء ﻣﺘﺜﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﺑﻨﻪ‬

‫ﺳﻘﻂ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺣﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺑﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﱠ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻭﺏ ﻓﺼﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻙ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﺰﻣﺖ ﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺑﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪64‬‬

‫ﺟﻴﻮﺵ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺗﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺪﻭء ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﺘﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﺃﻋﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻃﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺒﺊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣُﺴ َﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺠﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء ٌ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴ َﺒﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳُﺘﻨﺒﱠﺄ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪،‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻘﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻭﺻﻞ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺚ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺫﻱ ﺣﻖ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻣُﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﻫﺰﺍﺋﻢ ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺟﺤﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻳﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﺘﻪ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ‪«.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺗﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺳﻠﻄﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺸﻤﻞ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﻬﻮﺩ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫) ﻭ ( ﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻠﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻷﻥ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﺍ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ‪.‬‬‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .6‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺩﻟﻴ ًﻼ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪45-36 :11‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻋــﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫‪ 45-36‬ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 36‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻬﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﺮﺍﺑــﻊ ﺍﳌــﻮﺻــﻮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻋـــﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪.35-21‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ )ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻧﺎ( ﻧﻈﺮ ًﺓ ﻣُﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﻀﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌُﺪ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍً ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ًﺓ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻠﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫)ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪8 :7‬؛ ‪ (26-24‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ )ﺃﻭ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ( ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﺮﻋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 20-5‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻼﻟﺘﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫)ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﻴﻦ( ﻭﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ )ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻟﺴﺔ( ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 35-21‬ﻳﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪36‬‬
‫ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ »ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ «.‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ »ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ «،‬ﺳﻨﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺭﻕ‬
‫ُﺨﺘﺼﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣ َ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ َ‬

‫ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 39-36‬ﻭﺻﻔﺎً ﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ »ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ «،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 35-21‬ﺃﻋﻄﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ ًﺓ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫‪65‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .3‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺣﻜﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﻔﺎﺟﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪45-40‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺴﺠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻢ ﺑﻤﻬﺎﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺒﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﺷﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻤﻨﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺤﻤﻠﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪40‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻛﺎﻥ »ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻏﺰﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﻼ ٍﺩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﺆ ﱢﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﻼ ٍﺩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺮﻭﺏ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺧﺮﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻭﺑﺎً ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺼﺐ ﻣﻌﺴﻜﺮﻩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 45-36‬ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.35-21‬‬

‫ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺻﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 45-40‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﺩ ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻔﺎً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﺎﺩ ٌﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺜﻴﺮ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻴﺮﺍﺛﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻘﺎﻭﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﻗﻮ ٌﺓ‬
‫ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎً ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺗﺤﺎ ٍﺩ ُﻋ ِﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ »ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪«،‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻳﻼ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬‫ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ٍ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻧﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﻴﺜﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺱ ﻏﻀﺐ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻘﺐ »ﻣﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ« ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤ ﱢﺪﻱ ﻗﻮ ٍﺓ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻄﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻦ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺠﻮﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .40‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮﻳﻠﺚ ٍ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻃﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﺪﺍ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺗﺤ ﱢﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻴﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻠ ٍﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺳﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻬﺘﻤﺎً‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻨﺨﺮﻃﺎً ﺩﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﺎً ﻭﻋﺴﻜﺮﻳﺎً ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺎً ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺆﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺼﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﻜﺮﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺖ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﺬﺏ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻭﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻲ ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻣﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 38‬ﻭ‪ 39‬ﻟﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬‫ُ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺟﺰءﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻢ ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺆﻛﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪66‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺟﺘﻴﺎﺡ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺣﻪ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ )ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ( ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺴﺤﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﺪﻭﺍً ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺳﺘُ َ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪ ﺿﺪ‬‫ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .(45-44 ،41‬ﻭﺳﺘﺴﻘﻂ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺼﺮ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﻭﻡ ﻭﻣﻮﺁﺏ ﻭﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﻓﺴﺘﻨﺠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮﻛﺰ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺃﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻭﺃﺛﻴﻮﺑﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻠﻲ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻘﺎ َﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ )ﺭﻭﻣﺎ(‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺑﻐﻀﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺘﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﺍً )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(44‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻗﻮ ًﺓ ﻻ ﺗُﻘﺎ َﻭﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼء‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﻖ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.(44 ،35-34 :2‬‬

‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺃﻥ »ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ« ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ‬ ‫‪ .10‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪36‬‬
‫‪ِ 45-36‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.35-21‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻟﻴﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ ًﺓ ﻟﻀﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺳﻴﺒﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ )ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ( ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﻤﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﺗﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ »ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ «،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪.‬‬‫ﱢ‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻮﺍﺟﻬﻪ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .7‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪13-12 :1‬‬ ‫ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪12‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟــﺜـﺎﻧــﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺳﻌﺎً ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺠﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺍً ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﻭﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﺼﺮﻭﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﱠﻤﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﺿﻴﻘﺎً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﻴُﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻴﺨﺎﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‬
‫‪ 9-12‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻴﱠﻨﻪ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻨﻘﺬﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪12 :7‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.(1 :12‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ 29-21 :24‬ﻭﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ 26-21 :20‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪ 9-8 :13‬ﻭ‪ 14 :2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺅﻫﻢ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪67‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .3‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘُﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴُﻘﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴُﻘﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺰﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﻴﻦ )ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 6-4 :20‬ﺑـ ‪ .(15-11 :20‬ﻭﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻨﺔ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ .(3 :12‬ﻭﻗﺪ ِ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﻢ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(4‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻀﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺃﺣ ُﺪﻫﻤﺎ‪:‬‬
‫»ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺐ؟« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ .6-5‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﺎً ﺁﺧﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺫﻳﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻛﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺄﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺴﺠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪/‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً(‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺟﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﺘﻴﺖ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺗﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ (7‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺳﺘﻤﺘﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ُﺴﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻﺣﻆ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ‪ :‬ﺳﺘﻨﻜﺴﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴ َ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻋﻴﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍء‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﻜﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬
‫)ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪14-10 :12‬؛ ‪.(6-1 :13‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺸﺮ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 10‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﻡ ﺳﺘﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮﺍً ﻭﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ َﻣﺪﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻦ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﺍ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﻲ ‪ 2‬ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺛﺎﻭﺱ ‪ .5-1 :3‬ﻓﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻫﻢ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺄﺱ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺒﱢﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍء ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪» :‬ﻟﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﻴﻦ« ))‪The world won’t end with a bang but with‬‬
‫ُﻤﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺘﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‬ ‫‪ .(a whimper‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﻣ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻤﺤﻴﺼﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺳﺘﻌﻘﺐ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟـ ‪ 1260‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎً ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪ .‬ﻻ‬‫ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 11‬ﻭ‪ 12‬ﻋﻦ ٍ‬
‫ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ )ﻣﺘﻰ ‪(46-31 :25‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪68‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ُﺣﻜﻢ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻨﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺚ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﻴُﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﻴ ٍﺪ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻧﺨﺘﻢ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻧﺜﻖ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ٍ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬

‫‪ .12‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻭﺻﻔﺎً ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍً ﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺳ َﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.12‬‬
‫‪69‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .3‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ »ﺹ« ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ »ﺥ« ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1 ......‬ﺗُﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ ﻟﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻌﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2 ......‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﻴﱠﺰ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺭﺅﻯ ﻷﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3 ......‬ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4 ......‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻫﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩَﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ُﺪﻫﺶ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺛﻘﺔ ﻟﻺﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﻌ ُﺪ‬ ‫‪ .5 ......‬ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤ ِ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6 ......‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻﻴﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﺣﺸﻮﻳﺮﻭﺵ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺃﻏﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻭﺇﻏﺮﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺜﻪ ﻟﻶﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ .7 ......‬ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﺩﻫﺎﺷﺎً ﻫﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﻳﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻙ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻪ ﻟﻮﺭﺛﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻷﺭﺑﻌ ٍﺔ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ٍ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫‪ .8 ......‬ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳُﻨﺒﺌﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .9 ......‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ( ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .10 ......‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 12‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﻣﻀﻲء‪.‬‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍء ﺃﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍً ﺃﻡ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،3-1‬ﺭﺍﺟﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍً ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻴّﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﻭﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻴّﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﺻﺤﺢ ﺃﺧﻄﺎءﻙ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪70‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬

‫‪ .12‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﺠﻲء ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﻣﺎﻛﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻠﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺤﺎ ٍﺩ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ٍ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫ﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺳﻴﺨﺮﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺼﺐ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺟﺎﻡ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﺘﺪﻣﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﻣﻴﺨﺎﺋﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻧﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺠﻮ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﱢﺖ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﺷﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﻭﺇﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻴُﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩَﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺰﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ُﺪﻫﺶ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﻣ ِ‬
‫‪ ) .6‬ﺟـ ( ﻷﻥ ﺇﺳﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎً‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﷲ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﺇﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺒﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ .13‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ) ﺝ‪،‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻸﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳُﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪9‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪﺗﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫‪ .10‬ﻳﻤﻴﱢﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 40‬ﺑﻴﻦ »ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ« ﻭﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ »ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ« ﺳﻴﺠﺘﺎﺡ ً‬
‫ﺩﻭﻻ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺛﻴﻮﺑﻴﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺃﻧﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻖ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺻﺒﺮﻧﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺗﻨﺎ ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺳﺘﺄﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪ ) .11‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﻟﻮﺭﺛﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫‪71‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .3‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‬
 ÚÓ„br€a@ÒáyÏ€a

taáÄyc ÚÌaái
Ò7ÄDza ‚bÌ˛a
 ‫‪pie‬‬ ‫•‬

‫•‬
‫‪4‬‬

‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪bÌ˙ã€a@ã–é@·Ëœ‬‬
‫•‬ ‫‪pie‬‬

‫•‬
‫ﻳُﻌﺘ َﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﺯﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ٍﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺍﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻨﻬﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﺻﻤﱠﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻻﺣﻘﺔ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻛﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ُﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﱢ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﺮ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﻜﺘﺸﻒ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﻌﻠِﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻫﻢ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭﻏﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﺘﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻄﻂ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﻭﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻼﺗﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗُﻠ ِﻬ‬
‫ﻠﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻟﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﻳﺲ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺑﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@äb†g‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬
 ‫ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺮﺿﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺁﺭﺍء ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺸﻜﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‬

‫‪ëäá€a@“aáÁc‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻭﻓﻜﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﺗﺒﻪ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺗﱢﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪pbËÓÄuÏm‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﺟﻮﺑﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺗﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺃﺟﻮﺑﺘﻚ‬ ‫‪ ..3‬ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟــﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ُﻛﺘﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗُ ِﺠﺐ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪76‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@›Óó–m‬‬

‫ﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎء ﻧﻈﺮ ٍﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻭﻓﻜﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺒﺪﺃ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﺗﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .1‬‬

‫ً‬ ‫»ﺇﻋــــﻼﻥ« ﻭﺍﻟــﻔــﻜــﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑـ »ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ «،‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ »‪ «،Genesis‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗُﺸﺘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ »ﺃﺟﻴﺎﻝ« ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫»ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻴﺪ‪ «.‬ﻭﺗﺮﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻴﺪ« )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪ ،،1 :5‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ(‬
‫ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺩﻭﺭﺍً ﻣﻬﻤﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﻳﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛ ِﺘﺐ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺃﺻﻼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻫﻮ »ﺑﻴﺮﻳﺸﻴﺖ‪ «،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ »ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪ «.‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻣُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻵﺧﺮ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 1 :1‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺭﺅﻳﺎ« ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ »ﺃﺑﻮﻛﺎﻟﻮﺑﺴﻴﺲ« )‪ ،(apokalupsis‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ‬

‫»ﻣﺎ ﺃﺯﻳﺢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﺜﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻗﻊ‪ *«.‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ »ﺃﺑﻮﻛﺎﻟﻮﺑﺘﻮ« »ﻳﺰﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء«‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻟﻔﻬﻤﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪،‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺈﻋﻼﻥ‬‫ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻓﻜﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ‪ 1‬ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ‪ 13:1‬ﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻧﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪» :‬ﺍﺟﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺟﺎﺋﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻴﺌﻜﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ« )ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ »ﺗﺠﻲء« ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ(‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻗﻮﻳﺎء ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻠﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻟﻔﻬﻤﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺃ ( ﻣﺘﻰ ‪25 :11‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺏ ( ﻣﺘﻰ ‪17 :16‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺝ ( ‪ 1‬ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ‪7 :1‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺩ ( ‪ 1‬ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ‪12 :1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﻀﺢ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻃﻌﻨﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺘﺤﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺁﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺏ! ﺳﺘﺮﺍﻩ ﻛﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻗﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺇﻋﻼﻥ« ﻫﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺭﺅﻳﺎ« ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺃﺑﻮﻛﺎﻟﻮﺑﺴﻴﺲ« ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﺄﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء‬ ‫*‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ »ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪ «.‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺑـ»ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ« ً‬
‫ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ »ﺇﻋﻼﻧﻪ« ﻓﻲ »ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‪ «،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪) 11-9 :1‬ﺍﻟﻤُﺘﺮﺟﻢ(‪.‬‬
 ‫‪77‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .4‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺩ ﱢﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‪ «،‬ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ »ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ« ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ »ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪«.‬‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻟﺸﺨﺺٍ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻮ ٌ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻒ‬

‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ 27-13 :24‬ﻭﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻋﻤﱠﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(27‬؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(27‬؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬‫ﻫﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ؟ ﻓﻤﻨﺬ ﺃﻭﻝ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗُﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭﻫﺪﻑ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳُﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻞء ﺟﻼﻝ ﺷﺨﺼﻪ ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰﻩ ﻭﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯﺍﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ )ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻫﻢ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻣﻴﻐﺎ )ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ(‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺍﻵﻣﲔ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﳑﺴﻚ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺕ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺃﺳﺪ ﺳﺒﻂ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺃﺻﻞ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻞ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺍﳊﻲ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻚ ﻣﻨﺠﻞ ﺍﳊﺼﺎﺩ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﻦ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬ ‫—‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪78‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﺋﺲ ﻣﻌﺼﺮﺓ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫—‬

‫ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺏ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﳒﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‬ ‫—‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺋﻴﻞ )ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ(‬ ‫—‬

‫ﻳُﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﻴﻄﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﱠﻢ ﻭﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﻳﻬﺰﻡ ﻭﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﻭﻳﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃُﻣﺮ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺳﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ً‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻵﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻔﺘﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫(‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻐﻠَﻖ ﺑﺴﺒﻊ‬
‫»ﺍﺻﻌﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.(1:4‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺻﻬﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺤﺼﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﻭﻳﺪﻭﺱ ﻣﻌﺼﺮﺓ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎً ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻟﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .3‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬

‫ﲠﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﺗﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪9 ،4 ،1 :1‬؛ ‪ ،8 :22‬ﻭﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺍً ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( َﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ؟‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ؟‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ؟‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﱠ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﺳ َﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺴﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ُﻛ ِﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺐ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻء ﻳﻮﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺪ )‪ 217-163‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻠﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ )‪ 220-145‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺭﻳﺠﺎﻧﻮﺱ‬
‫ُﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ‬
‫)‪ 254-185‬ﻡ(‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻫﺆﻻء ﻳ َ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻗﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭﺃﻛﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺮﻯ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭ ًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ُﻛ ِﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻲ ‪ 64‬ﻭ‪68‬ﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻀﻌﻪ ُﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ‬
 ‫‪79‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .4‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ‪ 96-91‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺩﻭﻣﺘﻴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺘﻨﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻓﻀﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺆﻻء ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴُﻘ ﱠﺪﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺌﺔ ﻭﺧﻤﺴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻳﺼﻮﻍ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻌﺒﱢﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﺸﺒﻬﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻟﻮﻏﻮﺱ« )ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ( ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻏﻮﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪14 ،3-1 :1‬؛ ‪ 1‬ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪1 :1‬؛ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .13 :19‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫»ﻧﻴﻜﺎﻭ« )‪ ،(nikao‬ﺃﻱ »ﻏﻠﺐ« ﺃﻭ »ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺮ‪ «،‬ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪33 :16‬؛ ‪ 1‬ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪14-13 :2‬؛‬
‫‪4 :4‬؛ ‪5-4 :5‬؛ ﻭ‪ 17‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ )ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪22 :11‬؛ ﺭﻭﻣﻴﺔ ‪4 :3‬؛ ‪ .(21 :12‬ﻭﺗُﻘﺘ َﺒﺲ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪ 10 :12‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ ،37 :19‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .7 :1‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﻼ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻌﻴﻦ ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﺇﻛﻴﻨﺘﻴﻮ« )‪ ،(ekkenteo‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ »ﻃﻌﻦ‪ «،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ً‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻗﻮﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺇﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻤُﺤﺒﱠﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ُﻛ ِﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺩﻭﻣﺘﻴﺎﻥ )‪ 96-91‬ﻡ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .4‬ﺍﻛــﺘــﺐ ُﻣﺨﻄﻄ ًﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬

‫ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟــﺮﺅﻳــﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺤ ًﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 19 :1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ،19‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺑﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪19 :1‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪80‬‬

‫ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣُﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﺔ‪8-1 :1 ،‬‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ َ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻳﺖ‪) 20-9 :1 ،‬ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ(‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ‪) 22 :3-1 :2 ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ(‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎً‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪) 6 :22-1 :4 ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ(‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎً‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ‪14 :5-1 :4 ،‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪21 :19-1 :6 ،‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪6-1 :20 ،‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺝ ﻭﻣﺎﺟﻮﺝ‪10-7 :20 ،‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪15-11 :20 ،‬‬ ‫ﻫـ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪6 :22-1 :21 ،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎً‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ‪) 21-7 :22 ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪ(‬

‫ﻃﺒﻌﺎً ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣُﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪) .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻄﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻕ‬
‫»ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ« ﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ )‪.(Global University‬‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﺑﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺨﺺ‬ ‫‪ِ .10‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺃ ( ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺏ ( ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺝ ( ﻣﺎ َ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺩ ( ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪ‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﻫـ ( ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﻭ ( ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪18-1 :1‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺯ ( ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪22:3-1 :2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺮﺿﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .5‬ﺍﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ‬

‫ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﺎ »ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺮﺿﺔ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻟﻘﺎء ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ُﻗﺮﺏ ﻭﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﻭﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﻳﻨ ٍﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻟﺠﺰ ٍء ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ُﺫ ِﻛﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﱰﺿﺔ« ﰲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓ ٍﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺮﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺮﺿﺔ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ‬

‫ﻋﻦ ﹸﻗﺮﺏ ﻭﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﹴ‬
‫ﳉﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺫﹸ ﹺﻛﺮﺮ‪..‬‬
 ‫‪81‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .4‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺳﻊ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪ 1‬ﻭ‪ .2‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗُﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻼ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬ ‫‪ .30-26‬ﻭﻻﺣﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪ ،25-4 :2‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﻭﺻﻔﺎً ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪ :‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺮﺿﺔ‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺮﺿﺔ ﺗﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 1 :4‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻄﻠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺮﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺃﻟﻔﺎ ﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻼﺑﺴﺔ ﺃﺛﻮﺍﺑﺎ ﹰ ﺑﻴﻀﺎ ﹰ‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻴﻔﺔ(‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪14-1:11‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﲔ‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺃﻟﻔﺎ ﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ )ﺛﺎﻧﻴ ﹰﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﺮﺍﺯ ﹴﺓ ﺑﺎﻹﳒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﻼﻥ‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺼﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺸﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫‪18‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1:4‬‬

‫‪ .11‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﱡ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﺽ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪1‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻭﺻﻒ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ُﺫ ِﻛﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰ ٍء ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬‫) ﺝ ( ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﱠ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪18‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪24-4 :2‬‬

‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﻚ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ِ 6‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺁﺭﺍء ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ« )‪ ،(preterist‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ »ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ« )‪ ،(historicist‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ »ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ« )‪(idealist‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪82‬‬

‫ﻭ »ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ« )‪ ،(Spiritual‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ )‪ .(futurist‬ﻭﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻵﺭﺍء ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻗﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻳﻌﻠﱢﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻘﺖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺿﺪ ﺭﻭﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻮﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳُﻌ َﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﻛﺂﻟﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻧﺒﺄ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺫﺭﻭﺗﻬﺎ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻣﺎﺭ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪70‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪476‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻯ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻭﺻﻔﺎً ﻟﻤﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻨﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻗﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻘﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻗﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟ َﻬﻦ‬
‫)‪ (Huns‬ﻭﻧﺎﺑﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻨﻘﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﺘﻔﻘﺎﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻠﻪ ٌ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺗﺼ ﱢﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ‬‫ُ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﻌﺘﻨﻘﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺗ ِ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻨﻘﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻭﻥ ﺑـ«ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻓﻲ«‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻀﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ً‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻢ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﺤﺎﺣﺎﺕ ‪ 3-1‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﺸﻬﺪ ﱡ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ُْﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺗﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻨﻘﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ »ﻧﺒﻮﺓ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪ ٌﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺩﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻨﻘﻮﻥ ﺁﺭﺍء ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻔﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﻓﺌ ٍﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ُﺫ ِﻛﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻨﻘﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻘﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻨﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺻﻮﺭ ًﺓ ﻟﻺﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺠﺰ ٍء ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺠﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻳُﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻬﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺈﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺭﺍء ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻵﺭﺍء ﺍﻧﺴﺠﺎﻣﺎً ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪83‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .4‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺛﺎً ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺳﺘﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻱ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﱢﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ‬ ‫‪ِ .12‬‬
‫)ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ ) .....‬ﺃ ( ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﺏ ( ﺗﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻮﻥ ‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﺝ ( ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻨﻘﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟــﺮﺃﻱ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺣﻴﻦ ُﺩﻣﱢــﺮﺕ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫‪70‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﺩ ( ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ـﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻭﺃﺣـ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ ) .....‬ﻫـ ( ﺗُﺮ َﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .7‬ﺻﻒ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺸﻜﻠﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﻮﻱ« )‪ ،(apocalyptic‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ٌ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺗُﻌﺘ َﺒﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻣﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﻟﻸﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺜﻠ ٍﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻹﻳﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﻖ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﻟﻴﺮﻱ« )ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ( ﺃﻭ »ﻳﻜﺸﻒ« )ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .1 :1‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ »ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‪ «،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫»ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺕ‪ «.‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﺑﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫»ﺭﺃﻯ« ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ 12:1‬؛ ‪ 6:14‬ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ(‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫»ﺳﻤﻌﺖ« ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ 11 :5‬؛‪ 10 :12‬ﻛﺄﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ(‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪1 :4‬؛ ‪1 :17‬؛ ‪:21‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫‪10-9‬؛ ‪ 1 :22‬ﻛﺄﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺗُ ِ‬
‫ﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻠﻲ ﻟﻘﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 12-7 :12‬ﻭ‪.10-7 :20‬‬ ‫ً‬

‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﻳُﺮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 11-9 :10‬ﻭ‪.18-15 :17‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪84‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﻮﻱ ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ِﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ُﻛﺘﱠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﻮﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺗﺸﺎﺅﻣﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ‬‫ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻜﺲ ُﻛﺘﱠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺗﻔﺎﺅﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ِ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎء ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻟﻼﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎء ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺸﻲ ٍء ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﺗﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ً‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﻤﻴﱠﺰﺓ ﻟﻸﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﻮﻱ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺣﻖ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺃﺑﻮﻛﺎﻟﻮﺑﺴﻴﺲ« )‪(apokalupsis‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺗﺸﺎﺅﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎء‬
‫) ﻭ ( ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .8‬ﺍﺫﻛــــﺮ ﺍﳌــﺒــﺎﺩﺉ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﱵ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳌـــﺮﺀ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻷﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜ ٍﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﻷﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﺭﺅﻳﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﱠﻭﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺍً‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ‪ (1 :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﱡ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻻ ﺟﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﻟﺬﺍﺗﻪ‪ (2 ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻃﺒﱢﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ﻓﻲ ‪ 1‬ﺑﻄﺮﺱ‬
‫‪ ،11 :1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻻ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﺪ ٍﺩ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ‪ُ .‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺮﺑﺎً ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ،21-16‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻘﺮ ًﺓ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺗﺸﺮﺡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ .14‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪ 2-1 :61‬ﻭﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪16 :4‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺮﺃﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮ َﺓ‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ »ﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ« ﻭ»ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻬﻨﺎ« ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻢ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻌ ُﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗُﺪ ﱠﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ُﻭ ﱠﻋﺎﻇﺎً ﻟﺠﻴﻠﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻣُﺨﺒﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺬﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﱠﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺷﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻛﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧ ٍﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﱢ‬
‫‪85‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .4‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻬﻢ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺍء ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻳﻮﺋﻴﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫)ﻳﻮﺋﻴﻞ ‪15 :1‬؛ ‪ .(31 ،11 ،2-1 :2‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤُﺼ ﱠﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺃﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺮﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻟﻢ ِ‬
‫‪ .19‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻳﻮﺋﻴﻞ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣُﺰﺩﻭﺝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﱠﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﻰ ﺑﻲ ﺳﻤﻴﺚ )‪ ،(J. B. Smith‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺃﺣﺪ ُ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪،‬‬‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻻ ﱢ‬‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺭﻣﺰﺍً ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ (2 :4‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﺩ ًﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗُﺮﻯ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬

‫ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ‬ ‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ )ﻳﺮﺩ ‪ 54‬ﻣﺮﺓ(‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﺸﺮ‬

‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻴﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺿﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺣﺸﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻔﺎﺩﻉ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺪ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻫﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻏﺪ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻌﺎﺵ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺂﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2:4‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﺮﻳﺼﺔ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﻲ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻧﻚ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﺎ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺻﻼﺗﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺎً ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﺣﻴﺎ ًﺓ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻏﻤﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ُ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪86‬‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ( ﺑﻤﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ )ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪.15‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﺋﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻨﻪ‪ .1 ،‬ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪......‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻟﺬﺍﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‬ ‫ُﻔﺴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺏ( ﻳ ﱠ‬ ‫‪......‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪ ٍﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪......‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ‬ ‫‪......‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﻫـ ( ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺮﺍءﺗﻪ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪.2 :61‬‬
‫‪87‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .4‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺇﻋﻼﻥ« ﺃﻭ »ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‪ «،‬ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺇﻣﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺜﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺡ ( ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻟﻴﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺻﻒ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎء ﻭﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻤﺼﻴﺮ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ »ﻟﻮﻏﻮﺱ« )‪ (logos‬ﻭ»ﻧﻴﻜﺎﻭﻱ« )‪.(nikao‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻗﺘﺒﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺃﺑﻮﻛﺎﻟﻮﺑﺴﻴﺲ« )‪ (apokalupsis‬ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ »ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ«؟‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ُﺬﻛﺮ ً‬
‫ﻗﺒﻼ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻟﻢ ﻳ َ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺗﻘﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ُﺫ ِﻛﺮ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺩ ( ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﻣﺰﻳ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ »ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ« )‪ (preterist‬ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺻﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺿﺪ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺛﺎً ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻢ ِ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺕ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﻮﻱ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻻ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﱡ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬‫ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﱟ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ِ‬
‫ُﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻠﻲ ﻟﻘﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻳ ِ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪88‬‬

‫ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ »ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ« ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺃ؟‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺘﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ؟‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺁﺭﺍء ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
 ‫‪89‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .4‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬

‫) ﺝ ( ‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺭﺩﻫﺎ )ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫) ﺩ ( ‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ(‪ :‬ﺃ ( ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﻟﻮﻏﻮﺱ«‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ‬ ‫)‪(logos‬؛ ﺏ( ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ »ﻧﻴﻜﺎﻭﻱ«‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ َ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬ ‫)‪ (nikao‬ﻭ»ﺇﻛﻴﻨﺘﻴﻮ« )‪(ekkenteo‬؛ ﺝ( ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻻﺣﻘﺎً‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻮﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ؛ ﺩ( ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺩﺍﺋــﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪ .13‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫـ( ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺠﻦ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﻄﻤﺲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ »ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪«.‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ِﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ‪ .1 :‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ‪ .2 ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ٌ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﻵﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫‪ .14‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ »ﻭﺃﻧــﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺿﺎﻩ« ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻻﺣﻘﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪») 61‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻬﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺋﻪ«( ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻟﻔﻬﻤﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻟﻔﻬﻤﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ )‪9 ،4 ،1 :1‬؛ ‪.(8 :22‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ )‪.(1 :1‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻟﻔﻬﻤﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺧﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﺷﺮﻳﻜﻬﻢ )‪.(9 :1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬ ‫‪ ) .10‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫‪ ) .15‬ﺃ (‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻟﺬﺍﺗﻪ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺎً ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ«ﺃﺑﻮﻛﺎﻟﻮﺑﺴﻴﺲ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ «.‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫»ﺃﺑﻮﻛﺎﻟﻮﺑﺴﻴﺲ« ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻫﻮ »ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ«‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ »ﻛﺸﻒ« ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﻓﻲ ‪.7 :1‬‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺩﺍﺋــﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪ .11‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ‬
‫) ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫـ(‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .27‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .27‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ) .12‬ﺃ ( ‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻠﻲ‬

‫) ﺏ ( ‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬
 ‫‪pie‬‬ ‫•‬

‫•‬
‫‪5‬‬

‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪b‰ÄyÏÌ@Íeä@bfl‬‬
‫•‬ ‫‪pie‬‬

‫•‬
‫ﻧﺎﻗﺸﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻜﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻧﻈﻤ ٍﺔ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻳﺔ ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﺗﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ِ‬
‫ﺭﻛﺰﻧﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺜﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﺳﺘﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﻟﻠﻔﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪» :‬ﻣﺎ َ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻳﺖ‪ «.‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻨﺎﻗﺸﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺋﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻣﺜﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺃﺱ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﱢ‬

‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﺰ ٍء ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻣﺴﺤﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺨﺼﻚ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﱢﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻌﱠﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@äb†g‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ »ﺇﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺧﻰ« )‪(En Tachei‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ »ﻣﻼﻙ«‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ »ﺳﺘﺮﺍﻩ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻴﻦ«‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻣﻴﻐﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺋﺮ‬

‫‪ëäá€a@“aáÁc‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ َ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫•‬
‫ٍ‬

‫‪pbËÓÄuÏm‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ 4‬ﻣﺘﺒﻌﺎً ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.1‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ً‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩ ﱠﻭﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻨﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ‪.‬‬‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪َ ،‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪92‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@›Óó–m‬‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪1 :1‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻋﺪ ٍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳊﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .1‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﱡﺆ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻋﺒﻴﺪﺍً ﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺣﻤﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ »ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﻤﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ« )‪ 1‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪(18 :1‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺧﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ُ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ!‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ؟‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ؟‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻋﺒﻴﺪﺍً ﻟﻠﺮﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﻤﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ »ﺇﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺧﻰ« )‪(En Tachei‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .2‬ﺻــﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪1 :1‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ »ﻋــﺎﺟ ـ ًﻼ« ﲟــﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 1 :1‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫»ﻋﺎﺟﻼ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ »ﺇﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺧﻰ« )‪ .(en tachei‬ﻭﺗُﺘﺮﺟﻢ‬ ‫ُﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬
‫ً‬
‫ُﺴﺮﻉ« ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ ،8 :18‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ »ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ« ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﻣﻴﺔ ‪ .20 :16‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﻳ ِ‬
‫ً‬
‫»ﻋﺎﺟﻼ« ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 1 :1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺘﻮﻗﻴﺘﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻳُﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ‪ 8 :3‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﻛﺄﻧﻪ »ﺍﻵﻥ‪ «،‬ﺃﻱ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ »ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ‪ «.‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫»ﻻ ﺑﺪ« ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،1 :1‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻨﻘﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺇﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺧﻰ« ﻫﻮ »ﻳﻘﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺘﻤﻴﻢ‪ «.‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﱡ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺇﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ »ﻓﺠﺄﺓ‪«،‬‬ ‫ً‬
‫»ﻋﺎﺟﻼ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺧﻰ«‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ »ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ« ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺇﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺧﻰ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ »ﻭﺷﻴﻚ‪ «،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻣﺠﻲء ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﺎﺟﻼ‪ «.‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(7 :1‬ﻓﻤﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﻫﻮ »ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 1 :1‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﺍً ﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﻳﺴﻮﻉ! ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ٍ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺙ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
 ‫‪93‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .5‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،1 :4‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗُﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ ﺑﺸﻲ ٍء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺰﻳ ٌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻟﻴﺮﻳﻪ ﻟﻌﺒﺪﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ؟‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ُﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ »ﺇﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺧﻰ« ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳ َ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .3‬ﺍﺷــــﺮﺡ ﺍﻟــﻄــﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ »ﻣﻼﻙ«‬

‫ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟــﱵ ُﺗ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪2-1 :1‬‬
‫ﱰﺟﻢ ﺇﱃ »ﻣﻼﻙ‪«،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ُﺗ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷـــﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺳـﺎﻟــﺔ ﺍﳌـــﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 1 :1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻼﻛﺎً ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻧﺮﻯ‬
‫ُﺮﺳﻞ« ﺃﻭ »ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‪ «.‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬ ‫ُﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﻣﻼﻙ« ﺗﻌﻨﻲ »ﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.2:1‬‬
‫ُﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﻣﻼﻙ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺪﻋﻮﻩ ﻋﺎﺩ ًﺓ »ﻣﻼﻙ‪«،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺭﺳــﻮﻝ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻭﺣــﻲ )ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪15 ،1 :19‬؛ ﻣﺰﻣﻮﺭ ‪20 :103‬؛ ‪2 :148‬؛‬
‫‪3 :32‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ )ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪32‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻰ ‪20 :1‬؛ ‪ .(13 :22‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫؛ ‪ 1‬ﺻﻤﻮﺋﻴﻞ ‪21 :6‬؛ ‪ 1‬ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ‪1 :14‬؛ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪10 :11‬؛ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ .(52 :9‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫»ﻣﻼﻙ« ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﺼﺒﺎً ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﺍً ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻳﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2 :1‬ﺃﻋﻠﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪» :‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ «.‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺃﻭﺻﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻢ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺭﻣﻮﺯ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻳﺼﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺍً ﺃﻣﻴﻨﺎً ﺑﻤﺎ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻭﺭﺃﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗُﻈ ِﻬﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 1 :1‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻣﻼﻙ« ﻫﻮ »ﺭﺳﻮﻝ؟‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﻋﺎ »ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ« ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻣﻼﻙ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ؟‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘُﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻹﻳﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻼﻙ؟‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻼﻡ ﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺃﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻨﺬﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻗﺪﺭ ًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼ ﱠﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪94‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﺃُﻋﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2 :1‬ﻫﻤﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .4‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪5-3 :1‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ ..12-1:5‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 3 :1‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﺘﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 3 :1‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪13 :14‬؛ ‪15 :16‬؛ ‪9 :19‬‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫؛ ‪6 :20‬؛ ‪7 :22‬؛ ‪ ..14 :22‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺍﺋﻌﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺱ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ ُﻃﻠﺐ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﻴﺪﺍً ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺗﻬﻨﺌﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﻼﻥ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺑﺮﻛ ٍﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻨﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭ»ﻳﻄﺒﱢﻘﻮﻥ« ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﺗُﺮﻯ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻄﺒﱢﻘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4 :1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺗﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ «.‬ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻧﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﻻﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪5-4 :1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﺏ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ًﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ً‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .10‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 3 :1‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ .11‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ .12‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ؟‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ .13‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺑـ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺜﺎﺑﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻭﻥ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻄﺒﱢﻘﻮﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪95‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .5‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬

‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .5‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌــﺬﻛــﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳـــﺎ ‪::1‬‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪4 :1‬‬
‫‪.4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺭﺃﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ً .4 :1‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪» 4 :1‬ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ «،‬ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻼﻙ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ 19 :1‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫»ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ« ﻫﻢ ﺭﺅﺳﺎء ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ )‪ .(archangels‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻼﻛﺎً ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍً ﺑﻠﻘﺐ »ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ« )‪ archangel) (1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ 16 :4‬؛ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ‪ .(9‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻱ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .4 :1‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺳﺒﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪ 3-2 :11‬ﻭﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪ .4‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ‬
‫‪ 3-2 :11‬ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﺼﻦ )ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﻮﺩ( ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .14‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪ 3-2 :11‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻬﺎ؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ .15‬ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4 :1‬ﺑﺸﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .6‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻣــﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ‬

‫ﻛﻮﺻﻒ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﰲ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﱵ ﻗﻴﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪6-5 :1‬‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.5 :1‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .1 :5‬ﻟﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ً‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻗﻀﻴ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻲ ٍء ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﺍً ﻋﻠﻨﻴﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫‪(9 :14‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ؟ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﷲ )ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪14‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﷲ؟ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﺸﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺿﻰ ﻭﻳﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﻭﻳﻄﻬﱢﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺻﺒﺮ ﺍﷲ؟ ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ؟ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻣُﻌﻠَﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪» :‬ﺍﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ« )ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪(34 :23‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻧ ٍﺔ ﻟﺸﻌﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ 8 :1‬ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻨﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻀﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺜﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﻮ ًﺓ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﻐﻴﱢﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻬﻮﺩﺍً ﻟﻠﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻵﺏ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪96‬‬

‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﻠﻮءﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﻏﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣُﺨﻠﺼﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .16‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ‪ 8 :1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻲء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﻨﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺑﻜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ »ﺑﻜﺮ« ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ُِﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮ«‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻻﺑﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍً )ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪.(14 ،3-1 :1‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻮﻟﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ،18 :1‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺑﻜﺮ َﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ«‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻗﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ )‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪.(14 :4‬‬

‫‪ .17‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺑﻜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ« ﻻ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﱞ‬
‫ﺣﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ َﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ!‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻄﺮ‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺒﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪،‬‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 6-5 :1‬ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪ً .‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺤﺮﺭﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻛﻠﻔﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻓﻌﺘﻪ ﱢ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﺎء ﻟﻨﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻛﻬﻨﺔ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻫﻦ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻮﺳﻄﺎء‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ )ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪.(16-14 :4‬‬

‫‪ .18‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 6-5 :1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ٍﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ؟‬
‫ٍ‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺣﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺻﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻛﻬﻨﺔ ﻧﺨﺪ ُﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺻﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﻴﻘﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻧﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺗﺤﻤﱡﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 6 :1‬ﺑﺄﻭﻝ ﻫﺘﺎﻑ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﺗﺴﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﺿﻔﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺘﻜﺘﺸﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﱢﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻭﺻﻔﺎً ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫‪.19‬‬
‫‪.5 :1‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
 ‫‪97‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .5‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .7‬ﺍﻋـــﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ »ﺳﺘﺮﺍﻩ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻴﻦ«‬

‫ـﱰﺟــﻢ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺍﳌـ َ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪7 :1‬‬
‫»ﺭﺃﻯ« ﰲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗُﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﻳﺮﻯ« ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻣﺠﻲء ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪» .‬ﺳﺘﺮﺍﻩ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻴﻦ«‬
‫)ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ (7 :1‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﺠﻲء ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺳﺘﺮﺍﻩ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻻ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﺗﻨﺘﺤﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻗﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ«‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺁﺗﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻨﻮﺣﻮﻥ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺳﺘﺮﺍﻩ« ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻳﺔ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪» :‬ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ...‬ﺭﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ« )ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ .(1 :20‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ُﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ »ﺳﺘﺮﺍﻩ« ﻣﻮﺟﻮ ٌﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ .6 :20‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪» :‬ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ]ﺑﻄﺮﺱ[‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﺅﻟﻪ‬‫ﺍﻷﻛﻔﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ «.‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﱡ‬
‫‪ ،8:20‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺭﺃﻯ«‬
‫ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪8:20‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻳﺔ« ﺃﻭ ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ »ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ‪ «،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ »ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﺨﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻫﻠﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻓﻀﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻧﻈﺮ« ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 12 :1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﻟﻴﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺭﺃﻯ« ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 17 :1‬ﻓﺘﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ٍ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻣﺎً ﻣﺎ )ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻲ ‪.(11-10 :2‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺪﻣﻲ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﻞ‬

‫‪ .20‬ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬

‫ُﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺳﺘﺮﺍﻩ« ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﺮ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﻫـ ( ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫»ﺑﻔﻬﻢ«‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺻﻼﺗﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺮﻭﻩ ﻭﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﻩ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪98‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻣﻴﻐﺎ‬ ‫‪ .8‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪8 :1‬‬ ‫»ﺍﻷﻟــﻔــﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻣــﻴــﻐــﺎ« ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳــﺎ‬
‫‪.8:1‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 8:1‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ »ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻣﻴﻐﺎ‪ «.‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ُﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺑـ »ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎء‪ «،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻳ َ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍءﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 6 :21‬ﻭ‪ .(13 :22‬ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤُﺜﻠﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺎﻧﻴﻢ ﻫﻮ »ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍءﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ «.‬ﺇﺫ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎ‬
‫ﻨﺴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ )ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪.(14 :9‬‬‫ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻣﻴﻐﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗُ َ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 13 :22‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻣﻴﻐﺎ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ )ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪10 ،4-1 :1‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﻟﻮﺳﻲ ‪18-15 :1‬؛ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪.(4-1 :1‬‬

‫‪ .21‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺩﻋﻲ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﻣﻴﻐﺎ‬

‫ﻳـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟـﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .9‬ﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪9 :1‬‬ ‫»ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ« ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.10 :1‬‬

‫ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 9 :1‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺳﺒﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ »ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﻄﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻛﺄﺥ ﻭﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻨﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ «.‬ﻭﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻭﻣﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻠﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﻰ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻄﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺳﺠﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭ ًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﺎﺓ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﺎﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺍً ﺃﻣﻴﻨﺎً ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﺎﺓ ﻷﺟﻞ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ )ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫‪39-32 :10‬؛ ‪38-35 :11‬؛ ‪7-4 :12‬؛ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ‪10 :5‬؛ ‪ 1‬ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ‪7-6 :1‬؛ ‪19-12 :4‬؛‬
‫‪.(10-8 :5‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺰﻟﺔ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻠِﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ )ﺑﺤﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ(‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ »ﺻﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ« )ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫‪ .(10‬ﻓﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ« ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ؟ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺒﺮ »ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ «،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ »ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ«‬
‫ُﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﻌﺎﺩَﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣ َ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ »ﻓﺎﺧﺘﻄﻔﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ« ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺣﻴﻦ »ﺻﺎﺭ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪«.‬‬

‫‪ .22‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ« ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪10 :1‬؟‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
 ‫‪99‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .5‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .10‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪16-10 :1‬‬
‫ﺣــﲔ ﺭﺁﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟــﺮﺳـﺎﻟــﺔ ﺍﻟــﱵ ُﺃ ِﻣــﺮ‬ ‫ً ً‬ ‫ً ً‬
‫‪(10‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﻕ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪10‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﻳﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺑﺪﺍ ﻛﺼﻮﺕ ٍ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻭﳖﺎ‪.‬‬‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﻲ ﺃﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻭﻳﺮﺳﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(11‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ٍ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺳﻴﻦ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻨﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻊ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻯ »ﺳﺒﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪،(12‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.(16-13‬‬
‫ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﺟﻼﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﻴﺎً ﻭﻛﺎﻫﻨﺎً ﻭﻣﻠﻜﺎً‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺳﺮﻣﺪﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺑﺼﻴﺮﺗﻪ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﺎﻥ‪ُ :‬ﺣﻜﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻗﻮﺗﻪ‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴُﻤﻨﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﻌﻮﻧﺘﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻄﺮﺗﻪ‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺍﻟﻔﻢ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ .8‬ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺠﺪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻭﻗﺪﺍﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ُﻤﺠﺪ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻧﺎﺑﻀﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً‪ .‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻏﻤﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻭﺇﻟﻬﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮ‬

‫ﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﱠ‬ ‫‪ .23‬ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺗﻚ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .11‬ﺍﺷـــﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫»ﻓـــــﺮﺩﻭﺱ« ﻭﻧــﺎﻗــﺶ ﻣــﻮﺿــﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪18-17 :1‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻌﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤُﺪﻫﺸﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﺍً ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ .(12-4 :10‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪» :‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﻒ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(17 :1‬ﺗﺰﻳﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ ﺗﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﻲ ٌء ﻳﺨﺸﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻴﺘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺑﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻣﺜﻮﻯ‬
‫‪» :18 :1‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ! ُ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ‪ «.‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ »ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ« ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪100‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻨﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺷﻴﺆﻭﻝ« )ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﺒﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺍﺩﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﻫﺎﺩﺱ« ﻭﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ »ﻫﺎﻭﻳﺔ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻫﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪.31-19 :16‬‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺬﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ‬ ‫ُﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻭﺱ‪ «،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ٌ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ 43-42 :23‬ﻭﻣﺘﻰ‬
‫‪ 40-39 :12‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ‪ 2‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ‬
‫‪ ،6-1 :12‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻭﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮ ٌﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ »ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ «.‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻰ‬
‫‪ ،18 :16‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺤﻴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺰﻡ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ )ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺤﻴﻢ(‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺗﻘﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺠﺰء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻭﺳﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪ 2‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪) 10-66 :5‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ (88‬ﻭﻓﻴﻠﺒﻲ‬
‫‪ 26-18 :1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ًﺓ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻨﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ ﻻﺣﻘﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .24‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺘ َﺒﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫»ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‪ «،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺋﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .12‬ﺻــﻒ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻰ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪20-19 :1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﺮﻣــﺰﻱ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﻭﺍﳌــﻨـﺎﺋــﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.1‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪19‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ 20‬ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤ ٍﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،11 :1‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻄﻬﺎ؟ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﺎً ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺚ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺭﺳﻞ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .25‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 20 :1‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﻮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻭﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .26‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺋﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺼ ﱠﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 12‬ﻭ‪13‬‬
‫ﻭ‪.16‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﺑﺄﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ!‬
‫‪101‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .5‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺗﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺗﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺷﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﻸﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﺒﻴﺪﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ »ﺇﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺧﻰ« )‪(en tachei‬؟‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻓﻮﺭﺍً‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺮﻯ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻓﺠﺄﺓ‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻭﺷﻴﻚ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻋﺎ »ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ« ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ »ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻫﻤﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺭﺳﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﺭﺳﻞ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺷﻬﻮﺍﻧﻴﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺭﺳﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻳُﻌﺘ َﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺭﺳﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺭﺳﻞ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺭﺳﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺭﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﻤﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﺭﺳﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭﺳﻤﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4 :1‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬
‫ُﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬
‫ُﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻗﻮﺓ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ٌ‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺛﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﺄﺛﺎﺙ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻷﻥ ﻫﺪﻓﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻠِﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺛﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﺰﺧﺮﻓﺎ ﻭﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗُ ِ‬

‫ﻈﻬﺮﻩ ﻭﺗﻌﻠِﻨﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻟﻠﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪102‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ :‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ )ﺹ( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ )ﺥ( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻗﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰ ٍء ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫‪» .7 ......‬ﻫﻨﻴﺌﺎً ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ«‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .8 ......‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 5 :1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ .9 ......‬ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ »ﺃﻟﻔﺎ« )ﺍﻷﻟﻒ( ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﺏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .10 ......‬ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ« ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 10 :1‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪.11 ......‬‬
‫‪ .12 ......‬ﻧﺠﺪ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪103‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .5‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬

‫ً‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .10‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺼﻒ ً‬
‫ﺑﺮﻛﺔ‬ ‫‪ .14‬ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫‪ .24‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻭﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﻘﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .15‬ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺃ ( »ﻫﻨﻴﺌﺎً ﻟﻠﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻭﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﻴﺌﺎً ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺑﺖ«‬
‫‪ .16‬ﺳﻴﻨﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺷﻬﻮﺩﺍً ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(3 :1‬ﺏ( »ﻫﻨﻴﺌﺎً ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ!« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(13 :14‬ﺝ( »ﻫﻨﻴﺌﺎً ﻟﻤﻦ‬ ‫) ﺩ ( ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻬﺮ ﻭﻳﺤﺮﺱ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﻤﺸﻲ ﻋﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎً ﻓﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫(‪ .‬ﺩ( »ﻫﻨﻴﺌﺎً ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻋ ﱢﻮﻳﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻮﺭﺗﻪ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.(15 :16‬‬ ‫‪ ) .17‬ﺃ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ« )‪ .(9 :19‬ﻫـ( »ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻙ )ﻫﻨﻴﺌﺎ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ« )‪ .(6 :20‬ﻭ( »ﻫﻨﻴﺌﺎً‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺎﺟﻼ ﺟﺪﺍً‪.‬‬
‫ً‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻛﻬﻨﺔ ﻧﺨﺪ ُﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ) .18‬ﺏ ( ﺻﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ« )‪:22‬‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ .(7‬ﺯ( »ﻫﻨﻴﺌﺎً ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﻐﺴﻠﻮﻥ ﺣﻠﻠﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ‬ ‫ً‬
‫»ﻋﺎﺟﻼ‪ ،،‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،،‬ﻓﺠﺄﺓ‪ ،،‬ﻭﺷﻴﻚ‪«.‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺑﻬﺎ« )‪:22‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .19‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ‪ .2 ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ‪ .3 ،‬ﻭﻣﻠﻚ‬
‫‪) .(14‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .6‬ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻼﻛﺎً ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ‪.‬ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ( »ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﻠﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻭﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﻔﻈﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ (3 :1‬ﺏ( »ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻵﻥ« )‪ .(13 :14‬ﺝ( »ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺴﻬﺮ ﻭﻳﺤﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﻤﺸﻲ ﻋﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎً ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﺮﻳﺘﻪ« )‪.(15 :16‬‬ ‫ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺩ( »ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻋﻮﻳﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺸﺎء ﻋﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﻑ«‬
‫)‪ .(9 :19‬ﻫـ( »ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﻣﻘ ّﺪﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟــﻰ‪ .‬ﻫﺆﻻء ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ« )‪ .(6 :20‬ﻭ( »ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻧﺒ ّﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ« )‪ .(7 :22‬ﺯ( »ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻩ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ« )‪.(14 :22‬‬
‫‪ ) .25‬ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻠﻴﻼ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .12‬ﻷﻥ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺨﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .20‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ »ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪«.‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﻞ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﻴﻦ ﻭﺭﺳﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻳﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫‪ُ .21‬ﺩﻋــﻲ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ »ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻣﻴﻐﺎ« )ﺍﻷﻟِــﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎء(‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ‪) .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺿﻔﺖ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ‪(.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺃﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .22‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) .9‬ﺏ ( ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬ ‫ُﺸﺮﻗﺎً ﻭﻣﻬﻴﺒﺎً‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺪﻩ ﻣ ِ‬ ‫‪ .23‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻼﻝ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﻭﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔً‬
‫ﻭﻏﺎﻣﺮ ًﺓ ﺟﺪﺍً‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪ ّﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻓﻲ ٍ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪104‬‬

‫‪ .26‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻴﺮ ﻭﺗﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻴﺮ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺋﺮ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ(‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮ ٌﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻄﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻤﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) .13‬ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻭﻥ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻄﺒﱢﻘﻮﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪105‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .5‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬
 ‫‪@›ˆbéã€a‬‬ ‫‪pie‬‬ ‫•‬

‫•‬
‫‪6‬‬

‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪@êèœc@∂g‬‬
‫‪êflbÀãiÎ@Ú„78Î‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪pie‬‬

‫•‬
‫ﺃﻛﻤﻠﻨﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ُﻤﺠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ‬‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑـ »ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ« ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ :1‬ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺮﻕ‪(2 ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺋﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺸﻔﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ (1 :‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ِ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ (3 ،‬ﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺤﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ٌ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﺮﺏ ﺗﻐﻴﱢﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪» :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺳﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻴﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴ ٍﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‪ 3‬ﻋﻦ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﻴﺐ ﺷﻲ ٌء ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﻠّﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻄﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻻﺋﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻨﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﱢﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻒ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﻛﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻳﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺭﺍء ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻜﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺸﺄﻧﻨﺎ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻧﺸﺎﻃﺎﺗﻨﺎ؟ ﻟﻨﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻜﻠﱢﻢ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﺪﺣﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﻜﺮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻭﻋﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪Ú„78‬‬
‫‪êÄflbÄÀãÄi‬‬
‫‪êèœc‬‬

‫‪ëäá€a@äb†g‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬

‫‪ëäá€a@“aáÁc‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﺸﻔﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪pbËÓÄuÏm‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺟﺪﻳ ٍﺪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ ..2‬ﻛﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ٍ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣُﻘﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﻋﻈﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﺩﺭﺱ ٍ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪108‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@›Óó–m‬‬

‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ُﻭ ﱢﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺿــــﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ّ .1‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ٌ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ »ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ« ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ،(1 :6‬ﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ِ ،‬ﺟﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‪.3‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻭﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻭﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺃﻋﻀﺎء ﺟﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪» .‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺫﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﻠﻴﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻳُﺮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪ «.‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍً ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺠ ﱡﻨﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍً ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎً ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮء ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺁﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ٍ‬

‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻘﺼﺪﺍً ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ 20 :1‬ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺳﺮ« ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍً ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ 2‬ﻭﻋﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،20 :1‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺳﺮ« ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻋﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺼﻴﺮ ٍﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﱠﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃَﺭﺳﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻻﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻻﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻭﻻ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ُﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .2‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟــﱵ ﺗﻌﻠِﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟــﺮﺳـﺎﺋــﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‪ 3‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء‬
‫ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻗﺼﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻄﻂ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎً ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ٍﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪109‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﻭﲰﲑﻧﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‪ ،3‬ﺛﻢ ُﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺮﻳﺺ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻠِﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ِ .3‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻟﻴ ٍﻞ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟ ُﻤﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟــﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﱢ‬
‫ﺣﻘﺒﺔ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﲤ ّﺜﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻳُﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻄﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﱢﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺳﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻟﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍً ﺑﺎﺭﺯﺍً ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺕ‬
‫ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﺘﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺙ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺜﱢﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﺒﺔ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺮﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﺑﻂ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺤﻘﺒﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻊ‬

‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟـ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺳﺘﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﺒﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ُﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣ ﱠ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺪﺭﺱ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺠﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﻟﻌﻈ ٍﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ٍ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫ﻭﺿــــﺢ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ّ .4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪7-1 :2‬‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﺪﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﻴّﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﺎء ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ ٍﺔ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭ ًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺛﺮﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺃﺭﻃﺎﻣﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﻌﺘ َﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﺴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﻳﻜﺮﻣﻮﻥ ﺃﺭﻃﺎﻣﻴﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺇﻟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺐ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺛﺪﺍء‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻤﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ »ﻫﺒﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء« )ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ .(35 :19‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﺨﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺧﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺃﺭﻃﺎﻣﻴﺲ‪ «.‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﻬﻨﺔ‬
‫ُﻜﺮﺳﻮﻥ ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﺔ ﺃﺭﻃﺎﻣﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺤﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 3500‬ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺴﺎ ٍﺩ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻬﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪110‬‬

‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ 38 :20-18 :18‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋ ﱢﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺟﺐ‬‫ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ؟‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ؟‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻛﻢ ﺑﻘﻲ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻳﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ؟‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ؟‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺮﺍﺯﺓ ﺑﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻴﺎﺝ؟‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻣﺰﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 1 :2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‪.‬‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺘﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺍً ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍً ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺗﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ٌ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻃﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺒﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎً‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺒﻨﺎ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺠﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻨﺎ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪.(18 :16‬‬

‫ﺃﻋﺪ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .20 :1‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺻﻔﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺗﻴﻦ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.1 :2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‪ ،3‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍً‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻤﺴ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻚ‪ «.‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻃﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﺭﺍءﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2 :2‬ﻭ‪ 6‬ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻚ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻧﺸﻴﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺨﻠﱢﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻠُﺺ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺨﻠﺺ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ »ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ« )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﻔﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺗُﻤﺘﺪَﺡ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎً ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﻙ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ »ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺮ« )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ( ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ‬
‫‪111‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﻭﲰﲑﻧﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬

‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻗﺪﺭ ٍﺓ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ‬

‫َ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺣﺮﻳﺼﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻴﱢﻤﻮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ٍ‬
‫ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣُﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﺴﺎ َﻣﺤﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺕ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(4‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺃﻗﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﺗﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﺊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﺊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﺬﻝ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﻹﻳﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺛﻨﺎء‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺘﺤﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳ ﱠﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺨﺎﻟﻒ‬ ‫ُﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ )‪ 2‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪5 :4‬؛ ‪4 :11-17 :10‬؛ ﻏﻼﻃﻴﺔ ‪10-6 :1‬؛ ‪ 1‬ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪.(27-18 :2‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﺴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳُﻤﺪَﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﺴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﻬﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﻻﻭﻳﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻤﻘﺘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ »ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﻻﻭﻳﻴﻦ«‪ً :‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺗﺸﺘﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤ ٍﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻨﻲ »ﻫﺎﺯﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻗﺎﻫﺮﻳﻬﻢ‪ «.‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧ ٍﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻛﻠﻴﺮﻳﻜﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﻧﻴﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ 1‬ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ‪ 4-1 :5‬ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ َ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ »ﻧﻘﻮﻻﻭﻳﻴﻦ« ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺪﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺃﻏﻨﺎﻃﻴﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺆﻻء ً‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﻻﻭﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﺍﺕ ‪...‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩﻫﻢ‪ «.‬ﻻ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺮﻩ ﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﻮﻓﻬﺎ ﺿﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺣﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻤﺘﺪﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 4‬ﻭ‪ 5‬ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﺘﺼﻔﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻨﺒﱢﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺨﺒﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻫﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻣﺤﺒﺔ« ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﺃﻏﺎﺑﻲ«‬
‫ﻌﺮﻑ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ 16 :3‬ﻭ‪ 1‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪» .8-1 :13‬ﺍﻷﻏﺎﺑﻲ« ﺇﻋﻄﺎء‬ ‫)‪ ،(agape‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗُ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﻟﻜﻞ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻖ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﺠ ﱢﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺻﺪﺭ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻟﻢ َ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍً ﻗﺎﺳﻴﺎً ﻭﺑﺴﻴﻄﺎً‪» :‬ﺗُﺐ!« ﻣﻌﻨﻰ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ« ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺤﻴﺎ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﻔﻌﻞ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺎً‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱠ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪112‬‬

‫‪ .10‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺗﺒﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺘﺰﻭﺟﺎً‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﱢ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﺘﺠ ﱢﺪﺩ ًﺓ ﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ َ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺰﻭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻚ ﻟﻘﺮﻳﻨﻚ ﺗﺒﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺣﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ ﺍﷲ‪َ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻮﻥ؟‬

‫َ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﻴﱢﺰ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪7 :2‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ »ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ« ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﻮﺍ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺘﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﻮﺝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ »ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ« ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺿﻴﻘﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺴ ٍﺮ ﻟﺬﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺼﻒ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺑﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ »ﺍﻓﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ‪ «.‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﱢ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ« ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻐﻠﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻌﻴﻦ )‪ 1‬ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪5 :5‬؛ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(2 :15‬ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻐﻠﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻭﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻣﻨﺬ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .11‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ِ‬

‫ﺗﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﺼﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺰ ٌء ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺸﺘﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻸﺻﻨﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺑﻔﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺿﺠﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻮﻻﻭﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﺊ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺑﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻗﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫ﻛﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ِ ٍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻈﺔ‬ ‫ُﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺗﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .5‬ﺗـــﺬ ّﻛـــﺮ ﺍﳌــﻼﻣــﺢ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪11-8 :2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﲰﲑﻧﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟــﻚ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ »ﺃﺟﻤﻞ ﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ «.‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ َ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻔﺎﲥﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺇﻳﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ »ﺗﺎﺝ ﺃﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﺳﻴّﺔ‪ «.‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻤﺮﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺛﻘﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ »ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺎ« ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻣﺔ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺍﻟﻤﺮ‪ «،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﻴﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺎء ﺃﺣﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﺮﺍً ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻟﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﻟﻤﻮﺗﻪ ﻷﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 313‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﺘﺄﻟﱢﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺮء ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺆﻻء ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍء؟ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺄﺳﻴّﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺎﺑﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﺃﻥ ﱢ‬
‫‪113‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﻭﲰﲑﻧﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬

‫ﻗﺪﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻏﻠﺒﻮﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 8‬ﻭ‪ 9‬ﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺘﺸﺠﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺰﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ُﻗ ﱠﺮﺍء ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﱠ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺤﺜﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎء ﺃﻣﻨﺎء‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺗﺠﺮﺑ ٍﺔ ﻭﻏﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎً‪.‬‬

‫‪ .12‬ﻣﺎ ﺻﻔﺘﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﺗُﻌﻠَﻨﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪8 :2‬؟‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﻌﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﺮﺍء ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺎء‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺑﻘﺎﻫﺎ‬‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻓﻘﺮﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺳﻮﻯ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺎء‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻟﻼﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻠﻤﺬﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ )ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ .(22 :14‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﻭﺻﻔﺎً ﺟﻴﺪﺍً‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎً ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ )‪ 2‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪10-4 :6‬؛ ‪ ،(23-22 :11‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻠﱢﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺜﺎﺑﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎً ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎً )ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ‪.(18:8‬‬

‫‪ .13‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪9 :2‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺎ؟ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﻭﺷﺘﺎﺋﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣُﻌﻴﱠﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺬﺑﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(9‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺆﻻء ﻳﻬﻮﺩﺍً ﺑﻌﺮﻗﻬﻢ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﺍً ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﺭﻓﻀﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﻄﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻬ ﱢﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻴﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻌﻴﱠﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ(‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻫﺆﻻء‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍء‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .14‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ ﺃﺳﺎءﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﺳﺎءﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻴﻦ؟‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺷﺘﻤﻮﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺳﺠﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﺿﻄﻬﺪﻭﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺑﻘﺘﻞ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﻦ ﻭﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﻔﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻬﻢ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(10‬‬
‫ﺁﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﺳﻴﻤﺘﺤﻨﻜﻢ ﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪» :‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﺎﻓﻮﺍ! ﺍﻟﻨﺰﺍﻉ ٍ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﻭﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﺁﺗﻴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﻭﺍ ﻟﻠﺪﻓﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ!« ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺚ‬
‫»ﻛﻦ ﺃﻣﻴﻨﺎً!« ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻮﻋ ٍﺪ َ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭ ٍﻙ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻚ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪ُ :‬‬
‫»ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ‪» «،‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒُﻨﺎ‪ً «،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣُﺤ ﱠﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ :‬ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ »‪ «10‬ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 10 :2‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪114‬‬

‫ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ »ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً‪«.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 313‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺷﻴﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺠﺘﺎﺯﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﺎﻟﻮﻥ »ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ «.‬ﻓﻄﺒﻌﺎً‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء ﻫﻲ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻀﺮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .15‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻛﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ‪ 1‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪.................................................................. 25 :9‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪.................................................................. 19 :2‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ‪ 2‬ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺛﺎﻭﺱ ‪.................................................................... 8 :4‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ‪......................................................................... 12 :1‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ‪ 1‬ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ‪........................................................................ 4 :5‬‬

‫‪ .16‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋــﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ُﺮ‪«.‬‬‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻃﻴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ »ﺍﻟﻤ ّ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺧﺎﻃﺐ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻗﺪﻳﺴﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ ﻟﻼﻓﺘﺮﺍء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﻓﻀﻮﻥ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻦ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻭ ( ﺳﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺃﻧﺒﺄ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻦ ﻟﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻼ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 313‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﺴﻢ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺑﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺻﺎﺭﻋﺖ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﺰﺟﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺟﺰءﺍً‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻭﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﺼﻴﺮﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻈﺔ‬ ‫ُﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺗﻬﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪115‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﻭﲰﲑﻧﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .6‬ﻧــﺎﻗــﺶ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳـــﺎﺳـــﻴـــﺔ ﻟــﺮﺳ ـﺎﻟــﺔ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪17-12 :2‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺑﺄﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﻭﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺩﺷﻨﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﱟ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻴﻜﻼ ﻟﻺﻟﻬﺔ ﺃﺛﻴﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻴّﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ‬‫ً‬ ‫ﻣﺬﺑﺤﺎً ﻟﻺﻟﻪ ﺯﻳﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻳُﺘﻬﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ (13‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻃﺒﻲ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﻰ »ﺃﺳﻜﻠﻴﺒﻴﻮﺱ« )‪ ،(Asclepius‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺗُﺸﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻬﻨﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﺒﺎء‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ »ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ‪ ...‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ ﺗﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺌﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(13‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣُﺠﻠﱠﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‪ ،3‬ﺷ ﱠﺪﺩﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ً‬
‫ﺣﻘﺒﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪ 313‬ﻡ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪600‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﺯﺩﻫﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮﺕ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻤﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﻮﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ ﻗﺴﻄﻨﻄﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻳﻼ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﻮﺱ ﻣﺤﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ً‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﻤﱠﺪﺕ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺍﻵﻥ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُ ِﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻼﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬‫ﱠ‬

‫ُﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻒ ﻣﺴﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﻦ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(12‬‬ ‫ﻳ َ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻤﺤﺖ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗُﻘﺎﺱ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺮﻓﺾ‪.‬‬‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗُ َ‬

‫‪ .17‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻷﺳﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﺯﺩﻫــﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎً ﻟﻠﻮﻻء‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻷﻥ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺍً ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎً ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻀﻮﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .18‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪12‬؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪116‬‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 13‬ﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍً ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‪ً .‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ ﺃﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺗﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ )ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ 6 :14‬؛ ‪ 1‬ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺛﺎﻭﺱ ‪ .(5 :2‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﺘﻴﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻳﺘﺼﻔﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺣﻨﺎ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺈﻳﻤﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻻ َ‬‫ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ َ‬
‫ﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻨﺎ‬

‫‪ .19‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 13‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺡ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ ﺑﻬﺎ؟‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺡ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ .(15-14‬ﺃﻭﻝ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻠﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻠﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺸﺮ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 14‬ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ »ﺫﺑﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ« ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺫﺑﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﺗﺰ ﱢﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﻌﺖ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﺗﻤﺎﺛﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ ﻭ ُﻭ ِ‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺣﻘﺒﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ ﺻﻨﻊ‬
‫ﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻋﺪﺍ ٍﺩ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ٍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳُﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺗُ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤُﻤﺜﱠﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ً‬
‫ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﻲ ٌء ِ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‬‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑـ »ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﻻﻭﻳﻴﻦ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(15‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﱡ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻬﺬﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺨﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﺬﺭ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺷﻌﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،16‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺤﺎﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﻒ ﻓﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﱢ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍً ﻻ ﻳﺮﺿﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﺮﻋﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣُﺨﻠﱢﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻣﱢﺮﻫﺎ! ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .20‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫‪.(15-14‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 17‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺤﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺂﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻲ ﻭﺣﺼﺎﺓ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء ﻓﻴُﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﺋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻜﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺮﺭﺍً‬
‫ﺫﻧﺐ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻘﻒ ﱠ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ٍ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﱠ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﺮﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻩ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﱠ‬
‫‪117‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﻭﲰﲑﻧﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬

‫‪ .21‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ؟‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪313‬ﻡﻡ ﻭﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺆﻛﺪ ً‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻟﻺﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻠﻪ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪600‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣُﻘﺪﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ٍ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﻟﻌﻈﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪118‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ُﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ؟‬
‫ً‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻭﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺨﺺ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻋﻀﺎء ﺟﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ُﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺇﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟ ٍﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺇﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻨﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﺳﻠﻮﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺇﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻄ ﱡﻮﺭﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﻧﻀﻮﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪ ﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺗﺴﺎﻣﺤﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻋﺠﺰ ﺷﻌﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻮﻻﻭﻳﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺭﻛﺰﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺭﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺰﻣﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬‫) ﺝ ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ِ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺭﻓﻊ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻓﺼﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻭﺳﻤﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﺃﺧ ِﺒﺮﺕ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻋﺮﻑ ٍ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ؟‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍء‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ‬
‫‪119‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﻭﲰﲑﻧﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬

‫ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ُﻔﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ »ﺿﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ« ﻳ ﱠ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣُﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﺃﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺘﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎ ٍﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻣﺴﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﺑﺄﻋﺪﺍء ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻠﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺎﻣﺤﺖ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻤﻞ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺍﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﻻﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻻ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﺍً‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬ ﱢﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻃﺎﻣﻴﺲ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ؟‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‬
‫ُﻜﺮﺳﺎً ﻟﻺﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﻰ؟‬
‫‪ .10‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺗُﻌﺘ َﺒﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺍً ﻃﺒﻴﺎً ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪120‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﺭﻃﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻜﺪﻭﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫ﻧﻴ ﺔ ﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻄﺲ‬
‫ﻮﻟﻮ ﻮﻟﻴ‬
‫ﺃﺑ ﻔﻴﺒ‬
‫ﺃﻣ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺜﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺒﺪﻭﻛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺭﺩﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﺇﻳﺠﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻃ‬ ‫ﻏﻼ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﺘﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺩﻛﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻄﺎﻛﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‬
‫ﺳ‬
‫ﻴﻠﺴ‬
‫ﺍﺛﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﺘﺲ‬
‫ﺔ ﺑﺮﺟﺔ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻴ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺎﻟﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﲟﻔﻴﻠﻴ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻄﺎﻛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻓﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﺮﺹ‬

‫ﺻﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﳌﺲ‬

‫ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 .6‬‬
‫‪121‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﻭﲰﲑﻧﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬

‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺳﺘﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﺒﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪ ) .11‬ﺃ (‬

‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫‪ .16‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ) ﺃ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺝ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪(.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻫﻮ َﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.6‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫)ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪.(5-1 :19‬‬ ‫‪ ) .1‬ﺏ ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ )‪-17 :19‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬ ‫‪ .12‬ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃُﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬
‫‪.(18‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ )ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪:20‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪.(31‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻛﻴﻼ ﻭﺑﺮﺳﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬ ‫‪ .13‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫)ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪.(28-18 :18‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻟﻢ ﻛﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺒﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺣــﺮﻕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻠﱢﻖ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻨﺎً‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ )ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪.(11-1 :12‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺳﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺘﺐ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺒﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﺸﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻴﻞ ﻭﺑﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﻹﻋﻄﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻓﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﻏﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﺃﻋﻀﺎء ﺟﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺎﺝ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ )ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪.(41-23 :19‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .17‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺩﺍﺋــﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪ ) .14‬ﺃ ( ﺷﺘﻤﻮﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪(.‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ (2 ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ (3 ،‬ﺍﻷﻣــﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻬﻢ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﱢﺮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪(4 ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺨﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺒﱢﺮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ (5 ،‬ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﻭﻋﻮﺩ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻬﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻌﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺴﺐ‬ ‫‪ ) .15‬ﺃ (‬
‫‪ .18‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﻣ ِ‬
‫ُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻟﻜﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺘﺨﺮ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﻌﻄﻰ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻌﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﺒﻮﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟــﺘــﻬــﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﻟــﺜــﺒــﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋــﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫‪.8‬‬ ‫ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﻋــﺎءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻌﻄﻰ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣُﺤﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﻻﻭﻳﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .19‬ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺡ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﱡ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﻜﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻌﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﻋﻮﻥ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺡ ﺛﺒﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺸﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﷲ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪122‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﻧــﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌُﺰﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .20‬ﺃﺩﺍﻥ‪ (1 :‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻠﻌﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ (2‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﻻﻭﻳﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻗ ٍﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﱠﻨﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺑﺈﻫﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺏ ﺃﺳﻤﻰ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺮﻳﻨﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺠﺮ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ )ﺣﺼﺎﺓ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء(‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ .21‬ﻳﻌﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪123‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﻭﲰﲑﻧﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬
 ‫‪Ò7mbÓq@∂a@›ˆbéã€a‬‬ ‫‪pie‬‬ ‫•‬

‫•‬
‫‪7‬‬

‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪@ÚÓ–€Ü˝ÓœÎ@êÌÜäbéÎ‬‬
‫‪ÚÓ◊ÜθÎ‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪pie‬‬

‫•‬
‫ﺑﺪﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤُﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺑﻨﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﺄﻣﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻄﺘﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﻜﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ُﻛ ِﺘﺒﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﻫﺪﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﻻﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﺰﺍﺑﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﺭﺍء ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﺇﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻣﻨﻔﺘﺤﺎً ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﺡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺒﺒﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻙ ﻛﻤﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﻤﻠﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻔﺘﺢ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ ﻟﺘﺮﻯ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪bÄÓĖĀܽÄÓÄœ‬‬
‫‪aãÄÄÄÓmbÓq‬‬

‫‪êÌÜäbé‬‬
‫¸‪ÚÄÄÄÄÄÓÄ◊ÜÎ‬‬

‫‪ëäá€a@äb†g‬‬ ‫ﻣُﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ëäá€a@“aáÁc‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺯﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﻮﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﺮﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤ ِ‬
‫ُﺤﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪pbËÓÄuÏm‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ..3‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ُﻛﺘﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ُﻛﺘﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪) .‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺐ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤ َﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪(.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪126‬‬

‫ُﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@›Óó–m‬‬
‫ُﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻠﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻃﺒﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﺍﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﻼﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﺍً ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .1‬ﺃﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺼﻒ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪29-18 :2‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﲑﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻱ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺗُﺸﺘ َﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪،‬‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳُﺼﻨﻊ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺩﺍﻋﻤﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺍً ﺩﻳﻨﻴﺎً ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ »ﻟﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‪] ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ[ ﺗﺒﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺍﻥ«‬
‫)ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،(14 :16‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻫﺘﺪﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 18‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﺮﺑﻨﺎ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻛﺸﻌﻠ ٍﺔ ﻣُﻠﺘﻬﺒﺔ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ »ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ «.‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻣﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﺡ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺿﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎً‪ ،‬ﺭﺟﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺪﻭﺳﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﺪﺍءﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪18‬؟‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ »ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ« ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ٌ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺨﻠﺺ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻳﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 19‬ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺣﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ٍ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺗﻚ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 20 :2‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺇﻳﺰﺍﺑﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗُﺸﺘ َﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺁﺧﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺃ ﻳﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰ ﱠﻭﺟﻬﺎ )‪ 1‬ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ‪ .(34-29 :16‬ﺑﺪءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 600‬ﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪127‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .7‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﱃ ﺗﻴﺎﺗﲑﺓ ﻭﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﻭﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻧﻮﻋﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻤﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻭ ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗُ ِ‬
‫ﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺎﻓﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺒﱡﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ُﻭ ِﺟﺪﺕ ﻭﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺭﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﻴﱢﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻝ ﻟﻴﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺃﻡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﺭﺯﺍً ﻓﻲ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺧﺎﺋﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻌُﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻠﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺎً ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻦ )ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪.(44 :2‬‬

‫ُﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ ﻣﻊ‬

‫ﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ ﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﻟﻘﺎء ﻧﻈﺮ ٍﺓ ﻋﻦ ٍ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻴ ٍﺔ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﻳﺰﺍﺑﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ًﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻠَﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻬﺎ )‪ 1‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪12‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ 14‬؛ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ‪ .(11 :4‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻫﻢ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺟﺎﺯﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺈﻳﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ )ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ‪.(5 :3‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﺳﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ُﺣﺜﱠﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻤﺘﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍء‬
‫ﻗﻮﻝ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ )‪ 1‬ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ .(3-1 :4‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﻀﺎء‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺭﻓﻀﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺇﺟﺮﺍ ٍء ﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.(27-20‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪﺍً ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻨﻲ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ‪ُ ،‬ﺳ ِﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺿﺎً ﻣﻌﺪﻳﺎً ﻳﻬ ﱢﺪﺩ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻋﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺬﺭﻳﺔ ﺻﺎﺭﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ »ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺨﻤﱢﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻪ« )ﻏﻼﻃﻴﺔ ‪ (9 :5‬ﻳﻌﺒﱢﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻠﺘﻪ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻮﺭﺍً )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 22‬ﻭ‪ .(23‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴُﻘ َﺘﻠﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍﺬ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻘﺒﱠﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﻜﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﻜﺮﻩ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪ (20‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺒﻠﺖ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺇﻳﺰﺍﺑﻴﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ً‬ ‫‪25-24‬‬‫ﻳﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪24‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺣﺜﺎً ﻣﻌﻴﱠﻨﺎً ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻭﺍ ﺇﻳﺰﺍﺑﻴﻞ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫ﺍﺭﻓﻀﻮﺍ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺇﻳﺰﺍﺑﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﻜﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺻﻠﱡﻮﺍ ﻷﺟﻞ ﻗﻮ ٍﺓ ﱢ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺇﻳﺰﺍﺑﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪128‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻲ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 24‬ﻭ‪ .(25‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺼﺒﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣُﻠﻜﻪ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(26‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﺍ »ﻛﻮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،(28‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ًﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ )ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ‪.(7 :38‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،(3 :12‬ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺍً ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺎً ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻴﺎ‪ً.‬‬‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ ﺗُﺸﺘ َﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺟــﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺗﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ُﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻣﺤﻬﺎ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺩ ( ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ً‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻧﺸﺄﺕ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺇﻳﺰﺍﺑﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻋﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ً‬
‫ﻧﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻭ ( ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﱠ‬
‫ﺣﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫) ﺯ ( ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺭﺑﻄﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺑﻔﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣُﻌﻴﱠﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 600‬ﻡ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪﺕ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 600‬ﻡ‬
‫ﻓﺼﺎﻋﺪﺍً‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍً ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺘﺘﺼﻒ‬
‫ُﻌﺘﺮﻓﺔ« ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﻤﺎ »ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ِ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺱ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻈﺔ‬ ‫ُﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺗﻬﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‬ ‫ﻭﺿـــﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .2‬‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪6-1 :3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺳﺎﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺌﺔ ﻭﺧﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺮﺍً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻨﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻌﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺰﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﺗُﻌﺘ َﺒﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺛﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺗُﺸﺘ َﻬﺮ‬
‫ُﻜﺮﺱ ﻟﻺﻟﻬﺔ ﺃﺭﻃﺎﻣﻴﺲ‪،‬‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﻣ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺴﺠﺔ ﻭﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﺎﻍ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﺩﻱ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺍً ﺩﻳﻨﻴﺎً ﻭﺛﻨﻴﺎً ﻗﻮﻳﺎً‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺮﻣﻮﺱ )‪ .(Hermus valley‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﺿﻌﻒ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻗﺒﻼ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪129‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .7‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﱃ ﺗﻴﺎﺗﲑﺓ ﻭﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﻭﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 1 :3‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺘﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﻠِﻨُﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ‬
‫ُﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﻄﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻳ ِ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻀﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﺴﻤﻌﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،20 :1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺭﺳﻞ« ﺃﻭ‬
‫»ﻗﺎﺩﺓ« ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻪ ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﺍ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ؟‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﺳﻤﻌﺔ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ً‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻫﻢ! ﻓﺎﻷﻫﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺑﺸﺄﻧﻨﺎ‪ُ .‬ﻭﻟِﺪﺕ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ‬
‫ﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﻴﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﻮﻯ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈ ٍ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺎً ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﻫﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﺺ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‪ 3‬ﻟﻴﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻓﻀﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻨﻜﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 3‬ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﻟﻤﻌﻈﻢ ﺷﻌﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻮﺩﻭﺍ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺭﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺒﻮﺍ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻐﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻟﺨﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ‬‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻢ ْ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻋﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ‪» :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﺣ ٌﺪ ‪ ...‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ« )ﻣﺘﻰ ‪.(36 :24‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ« )ﻣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪» :‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ٍ‬
‫‪.(37 :24‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺛﺎﺭﺕ ﻏﻀﺐ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺣﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪﺕ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ َﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻳﻜﺮﺯ ﺑﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﺘﻌﺪﻭﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺎﻝ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍً ﺧﺎﺻﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(4‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪130‬‬

‫ﺳﻴُﻠ َﺒﺴﻮﻥ ﺃﺛﻮﺍﺑﺎً ﺑﻴﻀﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﻤﺎءﻫﻢ ﺳﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ُﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺳﻴ َ‬

‫‪ .10‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ُﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ٌ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻫﺠﻮﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ َ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳُﻌﻠِﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ »ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪«.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﱠﺰ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺭﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺵ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﺲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ُﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪1517‬ﻡ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪1517‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻝ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻳﻘﻈﺔ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺤ ﱠﻮﻟﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣ ٍﺔ ﺟﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﻴﺘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻇﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺒﺖ ﺯﺧﻤﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺎﻗﺸﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭﻣﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣُﺤ ﱠﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺤ ﱠﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻔﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻣﺢ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺎﺭﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ِ ٍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻈﺔ‬ ‫ُﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺗﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺿــــﺢ ﺍﳌــﻼﻣــﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ّ .3‬‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪13-7 :3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺗﺎﻟﻮﺱ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻮﺱ )‪ ،(Attalus Philadelphus‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﺜُﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻻﺯﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ُﺩﻣﱢﺮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺍ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺃﺛﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪«.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻭﺩﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﺛﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .11‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺧﻤﺲ ٍ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳُﻌﻠِﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻠﻘﻲ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪:22‬‬
‫‪ 22-21‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺠﺪ )ﻋﺮﺵ( ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ )ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ( ﺑﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .12‬ﻣﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃُﺷﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪131‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .7‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﱃ ﺗﻴﺎﺗﲑﺓ ﻭﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﻭﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(8‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻋﺪ ٍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‪» :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ؟« ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ »ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺡ« ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪9 :16‬؛ ‪ 2‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪.(12 :2‬‬

‫ﺗُ ِ‬
‫ﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 8‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪31-28 :40‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻛﻬﺎ »ﻗﻮﺓ ﻳﺴﻴﺮﺓ« )ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ(‪ .‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻭﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺗﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ِ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻗﺒﻮﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻔﻬﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﺳﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺣﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ‪» :‬ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ« )ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ( ﺇﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .13‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 8‬ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺣﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﻲ ٌء ﻳﺬﻣﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ« ﻫﻮ »ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺧﻮﻳﺔ‪ «،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴ ٍﺔ ﺷﻌﺒﻬﺎ ﺻﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺃﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ،10‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻨﻨﺎﻗﺸﻪ ﺑﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪10‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻴُﺤ َﻔﻈﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ )ﻣﺠﻲء ﺿﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ .14‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،10‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪11‬‬
‫‪.11‬‬

‫‪ .15‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻋﺪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 12‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪132‬‬

‫‪ .16‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ُﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﺰﻻﺯﻝ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻲ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺷﺎﺭ ًﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ »ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺡ« ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ُﻭ ِ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺻ ٍﺔ ﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻣﺘُ ِﺪﺣﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺃُﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻗﻮﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻇﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻋﺪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 10‬ﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 11‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻭﻣﻠﺘﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣُﻘﺪﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ٍ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﻟﻌﻈﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺿــــﺢ ﺍﳌــﻼﻣــﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ّ .4‬‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪22-14 :3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ُﺩﻋﻴﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺗﻴﻤﻨﺎً ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻻﻭﺩﻳﻚ )‪ (Laodice‬ﺯﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ )‪ .(Antiochus II‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺍً ﺛﺮﻳﺎً ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺗُﺸﺘ َﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺩﻭﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻭﺯﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺤﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﺴﺪ ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻃﺒﻌﺎً‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺎﺗﺮ ًﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺗﻔﻬﱡﻢ ﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫ُﻘﺰﺯ ﻟﻠﻌﻄﺸﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺮ ﻣ ﱢ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﺍﻏﺘﻨﻴﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﻣﺔ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻏﻨﻲ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 60‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﺾ ﻗﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﺣﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻲ ٍء‪«.‬‬

‫‪ .17‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺧﻤﺲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﺗﻢ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 14‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫»ﺍﻵﻣﻴﻦ‪ «.‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ »ﺍﻵﻣﻴﻦ« ﻫﻮ »ﺻﺤﻴﺢ« ﻭ»ﺣﻘﺎً‪ «.‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺇﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﺐ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑـ »ﺍﻵﻣﻴﻦ« »ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻳﻘﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻮﻋﻮﺩﻩ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪14‬؟‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ .18‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺛﻼﺙ‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ »ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ« ﻫﻮ »ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺞ«‬
‫ﺃﻭ »ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ‪ «.‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗُ ِ‬
‫ﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻻ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫‪133‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .7‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﱃ ﺗﻴﺎﺗﲑﺓ ﻭﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﻭﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺿﺎء ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺿﺎء ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .19-15‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺃﻋﻀﺎء ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ »ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺩﺓ« ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ «.‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﺭ« ﻓﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ «.‬ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﺩﻛﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻭﺍ‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫»ﺫﻫﺒﺎً ﻣُﺼﻔﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺭ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪،(18‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻠﱢﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ‪ 10 :23‬ﻭ‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ‪ 7 :1‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻧﻘﺎﻭ ًﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً‪ .‬ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻨﺎﻟﻮﻥ ً‬
‫ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪» :19‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﺑﱢﺦ ﻭﺃﺅﺩﺏ َﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺐ‪ٌ «،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄ ﱡﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻨﺒﻴ ٌﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﺩﻛﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺘﻪ‪» :‬ﻓﻜﻦ ﺣﺎﺭﺍً ﻭﺗﺐ‪«.‬‬

‫‪ .19‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 19-15‬ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﺟﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻐﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﺟﺘﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻏﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻓﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪» :20‬ﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ٌ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﺩﻗﻪ‪ «،‬ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣُﻘﺘﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺰﻳﱠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻋﻲ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺁﺭﺍء ﺑﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ!‬
‫ﻭﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ )‪ 2‬ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ‪ .(9 :3‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،20‬ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻋﺪﺍً‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺸﻴﺖ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﺎً ﻟﻸﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‪» :‬ﺇﻥ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺃﺣ ٌﺪ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﺣﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺸﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻲ‪ «.‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻟﻴﻤﺔ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺳﺘﺸﺒﻊ ﺟﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﺷﺘﻴﺎﻕ ﻛﻞ ٍ‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻭﻳﺸﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻗﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺖ؟«‬ ‫‪ .(10‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪ ،9 :3‬ﻧﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ً‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪» :‬ﺃﻳﻦ َ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ )ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪10 :19‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ ،4‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻟﻘﺎء ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺮﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ‪» :‬ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨﻲ ﻷﺷﺮﺏ!« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(7‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ٍء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ‬‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑ ٍﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻷﻛﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﻟﻲ ﻃﻌﺎ ٌﻡ ﺁﻛﻠﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ«‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(32‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻌﻚ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً!‬

‫ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪19‬‬‫‪ .20‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.20‬‬

‫‪ .21‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 21‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ؟ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮء ﻣﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ؟‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪134‬‬

‫‪ .22‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻣُﻌﻴﱠﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ٍء ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻲ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﺿﺠﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺎً ﻭﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻳﺪﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺼﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﻳﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺗﺼ ﱢﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻈﺔ‬ ‫ُﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺗﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪135‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .7‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﱃ ﺗﻴﺎﺗﲑﺓ ﻭﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﻭﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟ ً‬
‫ﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ َ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،7‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‪.3‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‪ 3‬ﺣﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‪3‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮ ً‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪:‬‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺔ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺃ ( ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺏ ( ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺝ ( ﺳﻴﺮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺩ ( ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﻫـ ( ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﻭ (‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺯ ( ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺎ(‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪136‬‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻲء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬

‫ُﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻬﺎ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﺯ ( ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﺒﺎﻍ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ُﻜﺮﺱ ﻟﺰﻳﻮﺱ‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﺏ ( ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﻃﺎﻣﻴﺲ ﺣﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺯﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﺳﻴﺔ‬‫‪ ) .....‬ﺝ ( ﺗُ َ‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﺩ ( ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﻫـ ( ﺗُ َ‬
‫ﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ »ﺃﺛﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﻭ ( ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠ ٍﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﻜﺮﻩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎً ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺎ )ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪) .‬ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﻟﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫‪ ) .....‬ﺃ ( ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺇﻳﺰﺍﺑﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻــﻨــﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫‪ ) .....‬ﺏ ( ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﺝ ( ﻻ ﺷﻲء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬ ‫‪ ) .....‬ﺩ ( ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬ ‫‪ ) .....‬ﻫـ ( ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﻭ ( ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻠﻌﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻲ‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺣﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎً ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺎً )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫‪ ) .....‬ﺃ ( ﻻ ﻳُﻤﺘﺪَﺡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﻲ ٌء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫‪ ) .....‬ﺏ ( ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬ ‫‪ ) .....‬ﺩ ( ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫‪ ) .....‬ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﻭ ( ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﺯ ( ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﻋﺎءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ‬
‫‪137‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .7‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﱃ ﺗﻴﺎﺗﲑﺓ ﻭﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﻭﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ .8‬ﺻﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎً ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺎً‬
‫)ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺃ ( ﻟﻦ ﻳﻤﺤﻮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺃﺳﻤﺎءﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﺑﺪﺍً‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺏ ( ﺳﻴﻌﻄﻴﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺝ ( ﺳﻴﻌﻄﻴﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺠﻠﺴﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺩ ( ﺳﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺃﻋﻤﺪ ًﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺇﻟﻬﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﻫـ ( ﺳﻴﻌﻄﻴﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ‪ .7‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﻭ ( ﻳﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺆﺫﻳﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﺣﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺯ ( ﺳﻴﻌﻄﻴﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎً ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺎً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻧﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،7-4‬ﺭﺍﺟﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍً ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﻭﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪138‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬

‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.6‬‬ ‫‪ .12‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ )‪ (1‬ﻗﺪﻭﺱ ﻭﺣﻖ‪ (2) ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬ ‫ﺑﻪ‪ (3) ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺗﻴﺮﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻱ‪ (2) .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺷﻬﻴﺮﺓ‪ (3) .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ (4) .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﺎﻍ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ (5) .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻫﺘﺪﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺯ(‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .18‬ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ »ﺍﻵﻣﻴﻦ« ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻣﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ )‪ (1‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠ ٍﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪(2) ،‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ‪ (3)) ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻌﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪ (4)) ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺛﺮﻳﺔ‪ (5) ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺯﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻗﻮ ًﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) .19‬ﺏ ( ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﺟﺘﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺒﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﻳﻤﺘﺪﺡ )‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ‪ (2) ،‬ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﻪ‪ (3) ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻻﺳﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻛﻞ ﺷــﻲء‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪.7‬‬ ‫ﺭﺟﻼﻥ ﺗﺴﺤﻘﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﺪﺍءﻩ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬
‫»ﺳﺄﺣﻤﻴﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪ .14‬ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻨﻘﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻟﺘﻤﺘﺤﻦ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ «.‬ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﱡ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺮﻯ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺤﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺄﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫‪.8‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫‪ .20‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿــﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺣﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ َﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻤﺔ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪) .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻨﺎ ﱢ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ ﻻ ﺭﻣﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ (1) .15‬ﺳﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻋﻤﺪ ًﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ (2) ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﷲ‪ (3) ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛــﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺧــﻼﻗــﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪ ) .16‬ﺃ (‬

‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫‪ .21‬ﻭﻋﺪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻠﻮﺱ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺗﻤﺴﻜﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪ ) .10‬ﺃ (‬
‫‪ .17‬ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ )‪ُ (1‬ﺩﻋﻴﺖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺗﻴﻤﻨﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﻻﻭﺩﻳﻚ‪ (2) ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺛﺮﻳﺔ‪ (3) ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺗُﺸﺘ َﻬﺮ ﺑﺄﺩﻭﻳﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪(5) ،‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺿﺤﻴﺔ ﻫﺰﺓ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻣﱢﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫‪139‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .7‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﱃ ﺗﻴﺎﺗﲑﺓ ﻭﺳﺎﺭﺩﻳﺲ ﻭﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻻﻭﺩﻛﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪ ) .22‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬

‫‪ .11‬ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ‪ (1) :‬ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺑﺮﻏﺎﻣﺲ‪(2) ،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺗﺨﺬﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺑﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪ (3) ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺯﻻﺯﻝ‪،‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺍً ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ‪ (5) ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫»ﺃﺛﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪«.‬‬
 Úr€br€a@ÒáyÏ€a

taáÄyc ÚÌäaã‡néa
Âflç€a ÚÌbË„
 ‫‪@ÚèÓ‰ÿ€a‬‬ ‫‪pie‬‬ ‫•‬

‫•‬
‫‪8‬‬

‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪@ÚÄ‘Óõ€aÎ‬‬
‫‪ÚćӃ»€a‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪pie‬‬

‫•‬
‫ﺃﻛﻤﻠﻨﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ .19 :1‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﱠﻖ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﻣﺠﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ »ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪ «.‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻠﱠﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﱢﻘﺔ ﺑـ »ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ‪ «.‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺻﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪» ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪«،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪ ﺱ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺈﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻄﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪ ﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ٍء ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺘُﺤ َﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪ ﺱ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺮ ﻑ ﺳﺮ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻹﺣﻀﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ‪ 10-9 :1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﱠ‬

‫ﺭﺃﺱ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﺎً‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺧﻄﺘﻪ‬
‫»]ﺟ ِﻤ َﻊ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﻓﻲ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻔﻌﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ «.‬ﻭﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻴﻘﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﻌﻠﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ëäá€a@äb†g‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ«‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ »ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ« ﻭ»ﻣﻦ«‬
‫ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪11 :5-13 :4‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬

‫‪ëäá€a@“aáÁc‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻭﺇﻧﺠﻴﻞ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺗُ ِ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ 3 :24‬ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺕ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗُﻌﻠِﻦ ﺑﺤﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ٍ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪pbËÓÄuÏm‬‬ ‫‪ 13 :25-1 :24‬ﻭ‪ 2‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ 12-1 :22‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4‬ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ‪24‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪144‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ«‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@›Óó–m‬‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪1 :4‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .1‬ﺍﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫»ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ «،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﻣﻴﺘﺎ ﺗﺎﻭﺗﺎ« )‪ ،(meta tauta‬ﺃﻱ »ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﻣﻴﺘﺎ ﺗﺎﻭﺗﺎ‪«.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ «.‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺔ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ )ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺳﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ( ﻳﺼﻔﺎﻥ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪1 :4‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻓﻴﺔ »ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ« )»ﺛﻢ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ( ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺮﺃﻳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .19 :1‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺪ« ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ٍ‬
‫ﻫﻮ »ﻣﻴﺘﺎ ﺗﺎﻭﺗﺎ‪ «،‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﻣﻴﺘﺎ ﺗﺎﻭﺗﺎ« ﻓﻲ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﻣُﻌﻴﱠﻦ ﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣُﺤ ﱠﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬

‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬

‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .2‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪2 :4‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﱪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،1 :4‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎً ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺑﺎً‬
‫‪(18-10‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﻕ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪10 :1‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﺎً ﺳﻤﻌﻪ ً‬
‫ﻛﺼﻮﺕ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻼ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪» :‬ﺍﺻﻌﺪ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍﺬ ﺍﺧﺘُ ِﻄﻒ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ‬‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ً‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﻓﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫»ﺍﺧﺘﻄﻔﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺒ ٍﺔ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻼ »ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،،10 :1‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ(‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ً‬
‫»ﻋﺮﺵ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ «.‬ﻭﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4‬ﻭﺻﻔﺎً ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 2‬ﺳﻮﻯ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪ 2-1 :44‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ ٍﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﺗُﺼ ﱠﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻘﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺮ َﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺨﺘﻄﻒ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬ ‫ُﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺻﻌﻮ ٌﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺘُ َ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻒ‬
 ‫‪145‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .8‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ )ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء( ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.1 :6‬‬

‫ﺃﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻤﻌﻪ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪1 :4‬‬

‫ﺑﺈﻋﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‪ِ ،‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪. ...................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﺃُ ِﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،1 :4‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ؟‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ُﻔﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﱠ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻋﺒﺮ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺭﺟﺎﻻ ﻭﻧﺴﺎ ًء ﺃﺗﻘﻴﺎء‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺁﺭﺍء ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻟﺠﺰ ٍء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﺤﻤﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ُﺣ ِﻔﻈﺖ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺗﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺮ )ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ‪ .(12-7‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺭﺍء ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﻧﺴﺎء ﻳﺤﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺃﻳﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻜﺮ ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻄﻠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﱢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .3‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻛﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ًﺍ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ًﺍ‬ ‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ٍﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﺍً ﻭﺃﻣﻤﺎً ﻭﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺺ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻮﺍﺟﻬﻮﻥ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ (17 :66‬ﻭ»ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻨﺔ‬
‫)ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ( ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(14 :7‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺭﻓﻀﻮﺍ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳ َ‬
‫ُﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﻠﱠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﻠَﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﻋﺒﺮ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪146‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪» :‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺇﺫﺍً ﺗُﻌﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﻬﺎﺩ؟« ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫)ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ (22 :14‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪ 2‬ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺛﺎﻭﺱ ‪13-10 :3‬؛ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬
‫‪ ،(33 :16‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻻ ﻳ َ‬
‫ُﺴﻜﺐ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ُﻮﺻﻒ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‪» :‬ﺧﻤﺮ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻮﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻴ َ‬
‫ﻣﺰﺝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺄﺱ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(10 :14‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.(1 :15‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻓﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ُﻮﺻﻒ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﷲ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(17 :6‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻈﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩﺍً ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﺪﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺠﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺠﻲء ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﺍً ﻓﺮﻳﺪﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ؟‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ »ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ« ﻭ»ﻣﻦ«‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .4‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻛﻠﻤﱵ‬

‫»ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ« ﻭ» ِﻣﻦ« ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ‬
‫ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ« ﺳﺒﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ« ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻲ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ‪ ،1 :4‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺧــﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .16 :22‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺳﺘﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ِﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﻤﺔ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ »ﺇﻙ« )‪ (ek‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺮ ِ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﻓﻲ‪» «،‬ﺗﺤﺖ‪» «،‬ﻋﺒﺮ‪» «،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‪» «،‬ﻣﻦ‪«،‬‬
‫»ﻓﻮﻕ‪» «،‬ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ‪ «.‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺮ »ﺇﻙ« ﻫﻮ » ِﻣﻦ« ﺃﻭ »ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‪ «.‬ﻭﻋﺪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺷﻌﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻼﺩﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺤﻔﻈﻬﻢ »ﻣﻦ« )»ﺇﻙ‪ «،‬ﺃﻭ »ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ«( »ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻛﻠﻪ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(10 :3‬ﻻ ﻳُﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘُﺤ َﻔﻆ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ »ﺇﻙ« ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘُ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺘﺤ َﻔﻆ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺪﺧﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﻴﻦ »ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ« ﻭ»ﺇﻙ« ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ ،36-34 :22‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻠّﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺠﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
 ‫‪147‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .8‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .5‬ﺍﻋـــﺮﻑ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪11 :5-13 :4‬‬

‫ﺣـــــﺪﺙ ﳎـــــﻲﺀ ﺍﳌـــﺴـــﻴـــﺢ ﻣــﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ ،16 :4‬ﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑﺎً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﲠﺘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺍﺻﻌﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(1 :4‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎً ﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻄﻒ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪:4‬‬
‫‪ 11 :5-13‬ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ َﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ »ﻣﻊ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ« )‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ (14 :4‬ﺣﻴﻦ »ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺘﺎﻑ« )‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ .(16 :4‬ﻳﻌﺪ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺑﺤﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ 17-16 :4‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 18‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺭﺟﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ »ﻳﺠﻲء ﻛﺎﻟﻠﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ« )‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪(22 :5‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻴﺴﺒﻖ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍً‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ‪ 2‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪ 10-1 :55‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫»ﺧﻴﻤﺔ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(1‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ ،8-6‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻬﺘﺎﻑ؟‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫َﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺛﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺑﻬﺘﺎﻑ؟ ﺃﻱ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻟﺘﺘﺤﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫ﺳﻴﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﻳﺤﻀﺮ ﻻ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬‫) ﺝ ( ﻟﻦ ِ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺤﻀﺮ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻟﺘﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﺄﺟﺴﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬

‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .6‬ﺍﻋــــﺮﻑ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﺑﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ«‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻳﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻭ»ﻫﺎﺭﺑﺎﺯﻭ« ﻭ»ﺇﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪«.‬‬ ‫»ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ« )‪ ،(parousia‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ »ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪«.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻲء ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ )‪ 1‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪17 :16‬‬
‫‪(17‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺑﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ« ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪148‬‬

‫ﻳﺼﻒ ﻋﻮﺩﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻛﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﻭﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ »ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ« ﻭ»ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ« )ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ«( ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ( ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ‪ «.‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ »ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ« ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ )‪ .(2 :19-16 :16‬ﻭﻓﻲ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ 19 :2‬ﻭ‪ 13 :3‬ﻭ‪ 15 :4‬ﻭ‪ 23 :5‬ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺑﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ« ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺍﺧﺘﻄﻒ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،repare‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫»ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﻒ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‪ «.‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﻫﺎﺭﺑﺎﺯﻭ« )‪ (harpadzo‬ﻓﻲ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪:4‬‬
‫‪ 17‬ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﻲ ‪ 2‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ 8 :2‬ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ »ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ‪ «.‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻇﻬﻮﺭ« ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﺇﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﻴﺎ« )‪ ،(epiphaneia‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫»ﻣﺠﻲء« ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﺑﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ‪ «.‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺑﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ«‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰ ٍء ﻣﻦ »ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ« ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ 20 :2‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻫﻲ »ﺇﻓﺎﻧﻴﺲ« )‪ .(ephanes‬ﺗُ َ‬
‫ﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺑﻬﻲ« ﺃﻭ »ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ «.‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ 2‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ ،8 :2‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻓﻲ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺇﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﻴﺎ«‬
‫ﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻛﺈﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ »ﺑﻬﺎء« ﺃﻭ »ﻣﺠﺪ‪ «،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﺳﺘُ ِ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ‪ 2‬ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺛﺎﻭﺱ ‪ ،10 :1‬ﻭﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﻤﺠﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻼﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻤﺠﺪﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ِ .11‬‬
‫ﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﺑﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺃ ( ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺯﻭ‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺏ ( ﺑﻬﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﺪ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺇﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺝ ( ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻲ ٌء ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .7‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ ‪13 :25-1 :24‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳــﺌــﻠــﺔ ﺍﻟــﺜــﻼﺛــﺔ ﺍﻟــﱵ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻭﻧﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ، 13 :25-1 :24‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻃﻠﺒﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺜﻖ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪24‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻰ ‪.3 :24‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪» .‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺘﻮﻥ« ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺍﺋﻊ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺎ ﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻓﻨﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ‬‫ﺃﻣﺎ ُ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪.3-1 :24‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎء ﺳﻴُﺪﻣﱠﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺰﻋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻭﺍﺿﻄﺮﺑﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣُﺤ ﱠﺪﺩﺓ‪ (1 :‬ﻣﺘﻰ ﺳﻴُﺪﻣﱠﺮ‬
‫‪149‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .8‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ؟ ‪ (2‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻚ؟ ‪ (3‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ؟ ﻻ ﻳﺪ ﱢﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪.21-20 :21‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ٍ‬
‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻲ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ 24‬ﻭﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪.25‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪.31-4 :24‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﻭﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺑــﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ُﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.31-4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 14-4‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻛﺮﺍﺯﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 25-15‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﻧﺠﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(15‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺗﺆﻛﺪ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 27 :9‬ﻋﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﺭ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 28-26‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ٍ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺑﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻐﺬﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺜﺚ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻕ« ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﻣﺠﺪ« ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً )‪ 2‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ .(8 :2‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﻻﺣﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻠِﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺗﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 31-29‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ 30 :24‬ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.7 :1‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ »ﻟﻴﺠﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﺎﻫﺎ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪((31‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﻪ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ »ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﻳﻦ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪» :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻚ؟« ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ .13 :25-32 :24‬ﻭﻟﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 33-32‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺈﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻠِﻦ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻳﺸﺒﱢﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪32‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻒ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻳﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺠﻲء ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 34‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ »ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻞ« ﻟﻦ ﻳﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﻠﱠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺜﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺎﻗﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ؟ ﺃﻡ ﻫﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺟﻴﻞ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫»ﺟﻨﺲ« ﺃﻭ »ﻋﺮﻕ‪ «،‬ﻛﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ؟ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪150‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 13 :25-36 :24‬ﺑﻤﺒﺎﻏﺘﺔ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ »ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ«‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﺑﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ« ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 37‬ﻭ‪ 39‬ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﻣُﺴ َﺒﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺑﺄﻳﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ٍ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 44-42‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﺮﻳﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻟﺺ )‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ .(9-1 :5‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺠﻲء ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻠﺺ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﻩ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﺁﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺤﺎﺭﺑﻮﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠﱢﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ‬‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺟﻴﻮﺵ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ٍ‬
‫)ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ (13-1 :25‬ﻋﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺟﺪﺍً ﺳﻨﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍء‪» :‬ﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺧﺮ ْﺟﻦ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻪ!« )ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ .(6 :25‬ﻓﻬﻞ َ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻌ ﱞﺪ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ؟‬ ‫ُ‬

‫‪ .12‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻻ ﻳﺪ ﱢﻭﻥ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺭﺩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺪ ﱢﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺯﺓ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭﺳﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﺑﻴﱢﻦ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻰ‬
‫‪.3-1 :24‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .8‬ﺍﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬

‫‪ 2‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪12-1 :2‬‬ ‫»ﻣــﻦ« ﳝﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺍ ُﳌــﻘـ ﱠـﺪﺱ »ﻣــﺎ« ﺃﻭ َ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺿﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﻲ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ً .11:5-13:4‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﻴﻒ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺗﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،12-1:2‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﺸ ﱠﻮﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺑﺔ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻓﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﻬ ﱢﺪﺉ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﻘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﺎً ﺇﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﻣﺠﻲء ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،1‬ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﺑﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ‪ «،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫»ﻣﺠﻲء‪ «.‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺪﺛﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫»ﺗﻤﺮﺩ« ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﻮﺩ »ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ «.‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ُ‬
‫»ﻛﻔﺮ« ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ً .(3‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ »ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ‪ «،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺰﻳﱠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ« ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .1:17‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺎً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻓﻀﻬﺎ »ﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫‪.(18-15 :17‬‬
‫‪151‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .8‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ »ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(3‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺮﻓﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺎً ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺣﺼﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭ ًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺠﻠﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻠِﻨﺎً ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺇﻟﻬﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﱢﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﺳﻴﻌﻠِﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺄﻝ‪» :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺧﻠﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻻ ﷲ؟ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﺛﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻫﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﻴﻦ؟« ﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﻲ ‪ 2‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ 12-9 :2‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻴﺮﺍً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻨﺠﺬﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﺭﻓﻀﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻞ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺒﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 6‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﻣﺎ« ﻳﺤﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻮﻕ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 7‬ﻟﻴﺼﻒ » َﻣﻦ« ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 17 :22‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ »ﻣﺎ« ﻭ» َﻣﻦ« ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺨﻄﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗُ َ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺰﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴُﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫)ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ ،(63 :6‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻷﺣ ٍﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﺺ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍً ﻟﺠﺬﺏ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻹﻳﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺯﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘُﺰﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍﺬ ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .14‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺑﺔ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ؟‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ .15‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ .16‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪152‬‬

‫‪ .17‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺰﻭﻝ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺳﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮﺣﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﺭﻓﻀﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﺈﺭﺍﺩﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﻗﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﻴﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺼﻼﻥ ﺫﺭﻭﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪153‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .8‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ٍ‬‫ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء َ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺘُﺤ َﻔﻆ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻮﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺄﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺳﻴﺤﻀﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻮﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺄﺟﺴﺎﺩﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺳﻴﺤﻀﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺳﻴﺤﻀﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺘﺒﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻟﻦ ﻳﺤﻀﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﺑﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ« ﺑﻤﺠﻲء ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‪.‬‬

‫ُﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻳ َ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫»ﺇﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﻴﺎ« )‪ ،(epiphaneia‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍً ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﻫﺎﺭﺑﺎﺯﻭ« )‪ ،(harpadzo‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻨﻲ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍً ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺑﻤﺠ ٍﺪ ﻭﺑﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪154‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ :‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ )ﺹ( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ )ﺥ( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪» .7 .....‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ« ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﻣﻴﺘﺎ ﺗﺎﻭﺗﺎ‪«.‬‬
‫‪ .8 .....‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ »ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ« ﺃﻭ »ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ« ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰ ٍء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .9 .....‬ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .10‬ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪.3 :24‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ .12‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪155‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .8‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪10 :3‬‬
‫ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺮ »ﺇﻙ« )‪ (ek‬ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗُﺤ َﻔﻆ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻟﻦ ﺗُ َ‬
‫ﺆﺧﺬ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻄﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺘُﺤ َﻔﻆ »ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ «،‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .15‬ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴُﻌﻠَﻦ‬
‫ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﻟﻠﻨﺠﺎﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .16‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪ ) .17‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴ َ‬
‫ُﺨﻄﻒ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﻠﺘﻘﻮﺍ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪ ) .10‬ﺩ ( ﺳﻴﺤﻀﺮ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻟﺘﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﺄﺟﺴﺎﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳُﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.18-10 :1‬‬
‫‪.7‬‬
‫‪ ) .11‬ﺃ ( ‪ .2‬ﻫﺎﺭﺑﺎﺯﻭ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ‪ .3‬ﺇﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ‪ .1‬ﺑﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻌﺪ‪ .‬ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪.8‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪ ) .12‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ )ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ ﺟﺰ ٌء ﻋﻠﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ »ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ« ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2-1 :4‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺘُﺤ َﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺪﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺷﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻣُﻌﻴﱠﻨﺔ ﺳﺘﺴﺒﻖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﺮ ًﺓ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﺎً‬
‫ﻟﺨﻄﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺤﻖ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .14‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ٌ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺑﺔ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ« ﺃﻭ »ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ« ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻭﺭ‬
 ‫‪ÚÌaái‬‬ ‫‪pie‬‬ ‫•‬

‫•‬
‫‪9‬‬

‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪ Ïjé˛a‬‬
‫‪µ»jè€a‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪pie‬‬

‫•‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻟﺠﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻄﺘﻨﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪ 6-4‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻌﺮﺵ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺈﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻭﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً‪ .‬ﺿﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ ﻣﺸﻬﺪﺍً‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﻭﺭﺍء ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻭﺍﺣ ٌﺪ ﻳﻤﻸ‬‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻭﺳﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.7-5 :5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺑﻤﺠﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ َ‬

‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ َ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻈﻤﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﺴﺠﺪ ﺇﺟﻼﻻ ﷲ‬
‫ﻷﺟﻞ ﺷﺨﺼﻪ ﻭﻷﺟﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﺪﻱ ﺑﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﷲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻬﻤﻚ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻣﻮﺭ ‪.1 :34‬‬
‫‪ëäá€a@äb†g‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ َ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬

‫‪ëäá€a@“aáÁc‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻱ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺧﺘﻮﻣﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻔﺪﻱ ﺑﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫•‬
‫ُﻜﺮﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬

‫‪pbËÓÄuÏm‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 6-4‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺻﺤﺎﺣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺗُ َ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗ ّﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪158‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@›Óó–m‬‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪3 :4‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .1‬ﺍﻋﺮﻑ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻟﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻷﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ َﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،(11 :4‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ )‪ .(8 :4‬ﻳُﻘﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻔﻪ‪.‬‬‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ِ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻮﻟﻮﺳﻲ ‪ 15 :1‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ ‪ 4‬ﻭ‪5‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺨﺬ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺮﺭ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣﺠﺪ‬ ‫‪ 11:4‬ﻣﺎ ﱢ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻣﺮﺍً ﺻﻌﺒﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﻧﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﻠﻤﻌﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭﺓ )‪.(3 :4‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﺸﺐ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪(3 :4‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻱ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ (11-9 :4‬ﻭﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺈﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪،(11‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻟﻔﺪﺍء ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﺫ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﻰ ﺗﻀﺤﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ )‪ .(10-9 :5‬ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪ ،16-12 :9‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻗﺰﺡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺰﺡ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻳﺔ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪5-4 :4‬؟‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻣﻬﻴﺐ ﻭﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﺑﺄﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻬﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳُﺮﻯ ﻛﻤﺘ ﱠﻮ ٍﺝ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺋﻔﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤﻴﺎ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺿﺒﺎﺏ ﻇﻠﻤ ٍﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﺨﺺ ﻳﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﻭﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﺑﺄﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﻳٌﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻬﻴﺒﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ً.‬‬

‫ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺰﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﷲ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ (3 :4‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .2‬ﺍﻋﺮﻑ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪4 :4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺻ ْﻔﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﻛﺮ ًﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻟﻤُﺤ ﱠﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4 :4‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.4 :4‬‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻣﻌﻴﱠﻨﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻳ َ‬
‫ُﻘﺴﻤﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻲ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻤﺜﱢﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺘﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺷﻴﻮﺧﺎً« ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ 28-17 :20‬ﻧﺮﻯ ً‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻟ َﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳُﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﻮﺧﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪159‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .9‬ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﲔ‬

‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4 :4‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻠﺒﺴﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 10 :2‬ﻭ‪:3‬‬
‫‪ 5-4‬ﻭ‪ 18‬ﻭ‪ .21‬ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4 :4‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 11 :6‬ﻭ‪ 9 :7‬ﻭ‪ .14‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬‫ُﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﺛﻮﺍﺑﺎً ﺑﻴﻀﺎء ً‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ .‬ﻳ َ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻛﺎﻟﻴﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﻳﻈﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﻛﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4 :4‬ﻫﻲ »ﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﻧﻮﺱ« )‪ ،(stephanos‬ﺃﻭ »ﺃﻛﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺮﻳﻦ‪ «،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺪﺍﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻤﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫»ﺩﻳﻮﺩﻳﻤﺎﺗﺎ« )‪) (diodemata‬ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،(12 :19‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ‬
‫ُﻨﺤﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ‬‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4 :4‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﻛﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﻣ ِ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻔﺪﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،4 :4‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻭﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﻢ؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺩ ﱢﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻔﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4 :4‬ﻫﻢ ٌ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪4 :4‬؟ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻠﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺷﻲ َء ﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣُﺨﻠﱢﺼﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 2 :12‬ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻟﻦ ﻳُﻘﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ًﺓ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼ(‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺃﻥ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻻ ﺗُﻤﺜﱠﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻫﺆﻻء‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ )ﻛﻨﻮﺡ ً‬
‫ﺨﺘﻄﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﺑﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻘﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗُ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻭﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ »ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ« ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4 :4‬ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫ ﻧﻘﺮﺃ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪ ،11‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺃﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻷﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 39‬ﻭ‪ 40‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ..14-12 :21‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻼ ﻟﻬﻢ‪:‬‬‫ﻣﻤﺜﱠﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻤﺜﱢ ً‬
‫ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﺘﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪160‬‬

‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،14-12 :21‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺄﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺑﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎء ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺑﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺑﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺳﺘُﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺑﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺳﺘُﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎء ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪ 40-39 :11‬ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪14-12 :21‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،4 :4‬ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪5 :4‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤ ْﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﷲ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ ُ‬

‫ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .3‬ﺍﻋـــــﺮﻑ ﻫ ـﻮﻳــﺔ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪11-6 :4‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﳌــﺬﻛــﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻮﺻﻒ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،8-66 :4‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺗُ َ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 1‬ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.4‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﻤﺜﱠﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻳُﺮ َﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﱢ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺑﻬﻲ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣُﺤﺎﻃﺎ ٍ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﺱ‬‫ﻗﻮﺱ ُﻗ َﺰﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺎﻃﺮ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪.(28-27‬‬
‫ﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮ ِ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺰﺡ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻋﻮﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺘﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﺈﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﻨﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﻤﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،28 :1‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺎﻩ ﻟﻸﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﷲ؟‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻣﺠﺪ‪ «.‬ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪ 3 :1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺑﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،،1‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻟﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ؟ ﺇﻧﻪ »ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.(1 :1‬‬ ‫‪ .7 :4‬ﻫﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ُﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺟﻴﻞ‬
‫‪161‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .9‬ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﲔ‬

‫ﺗﺼ ﱢﻮﺭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺟﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (1 :9‬ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 7 :4‬ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺿﻮﺣﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﳒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﺪﱢﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻰ‪ :‬ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺪ ﻋﺸﻴﺮﺓ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻗﺲ‪ :‬ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﻄﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻗﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﺧﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻣﺾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ﻓﻬﻤﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 :9‬‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ َﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ »ﺑﻬﺎء ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ؟«‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ .10‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳ َ‬
‫ُﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4‬ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺑﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣُﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺇﻣّﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻴﺨﺎﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺣﻲ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬‫‪ .11‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ِ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺪ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺏ ( ﻣﻠﻚ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺮ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺝ ( ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻴﻊ‬

‫ﺑﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻣُﺨﻄﻄﺎً ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .11-8 :4‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣُﺨﻄﻄﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺍ ﺗﺸﺎﺭﻛﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ )ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ .(10 :4‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻟﺬﺍﺗﻪ‬
‫)ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪ (15-12 :14‬ﻭﺭﻏﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳُﻌ َﺒﺪ )ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ (9 :4‬ﺃﺩﺗﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻵﺏ! ﻭﻛﻢ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻼﺓ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ‪» :‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﻭﺵ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ!«‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪162‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .4‬ﺍﻋــــﺮﻑ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪44-1 :32‬؛ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪5-1 :5‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﻜــﺘــﺎﺏ ﺫﻱ ﺍﳋــﺘــﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺘﻮﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺗﻨﺎ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 5-1 :5‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ((1‬ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ((2 ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‪ ((3 ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺴﺮ ﻟﺬﺍﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻠﻘﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﱢ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﻘﺮﺃ ﻛﻞ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪ 32‬ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﻟﻨﺮﻯ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﻱ »ﺟﻮﺋﻴﻞ‪ «،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﻓﺎ ٍﺩ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ«‬
‫ﺃﺭﺽ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ٍ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ »ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺑﺎء‪ «.‬ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﺎً ﻣﺎ ﺭﻫﻦ ﻣﻠﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺭﺩﻩ ﻻﺣﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ »ﺟﻮﺋﻴﻠﻪ« ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺭﺩﻩ ﻭﻓﺪﺍﺋﻪ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﻳﻴﻦ ‪ 55-8 :25‬ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣُﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﻭﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﻭﻓﺪﺍء ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﻠﻜﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺮﺍء ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺭﺍﻋﻮﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎً ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺒﺪﺃ »ﺟﻮﺋﻴﻞ« ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻋﺰ ﺑﺰﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺍﻋﻮﺙ )ﺭﺍﻋﻮﺙ ‪12-9 :3‬؛ ‪ .(12-1 :4‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﻼﻙ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻋﻮﺙ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻟﻔﺪﺍء ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪ .(11 :32‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ »ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺋﻴﻞ‪ «.‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ ﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ُﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻤ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺪﺍﺋﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺋﻴﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻟﻔﺪﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤ ُْﻠﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ »ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ّ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺋﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 5-1 :5‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺠﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺘﺨﻴﱠﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ (4‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻯ ﻓﺠﺄ ًﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺜﻤﻦ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﺍً‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻣﻸ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭﺗﻪ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍء‬
‫ﺫﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻭﻛﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﻭﻗﻮ ٍﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻔﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺸﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺪﺍﻧﺎ!‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .12‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪:5‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪163‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .9‬ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﲔ‬

‫‪ .13‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( »ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺑﺎء ﻗﺮﺑﺎً؟«‬
‫) ﺏ ( »ﻫﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺑﺎء؟«‬
‫) ﺝ ( »ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻖ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻔﺾ ﺧﺘﻮﻣﻪ؟«‬
‫) ﺩ ( »ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻔﺾ ﺧﺘﻮﻣﻪ؟«‬
‫‪ .14‬ﺃﺟﺎﺏ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( »ﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﺤﻖ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﻭﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪«.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( »ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﻴﺮﺓ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﻭﻧﺴﻞ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ‪ ...‬ﺳﻴﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻔﺾ ﺧﺘﻮﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪«.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( »ﺳﻴﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﻭﻳﺤﻖ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﻭﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪«.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( »ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺟﻮﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪«.‬‬
‫‪ .15‬ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﻱ‬
‫»ﺟﻮﺋﻴﻞ« ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﻟﻔﺪﺍء‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ٍ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﺃﻱ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻃﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺌﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﺼﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ُﺧﻠِﻘﻮﺍ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻓﺪﺍء ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻴﺮﺛﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪ 21-20 :15‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺗﻰ ﻭﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺪﺍءﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ُﺧﻠِﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﻭﻟﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻛ ٍﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺤﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﺎً ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭﺣﻮﺍء ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻼ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﻓﻀﺎﻩ )ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪ .(6-1 :3‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪:2‬‬
‫‪ 17-15‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎً ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍً ﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .16‬ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻓﺪﺍء ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻛﻲ ﻳﺮﺛﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺘﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﺑﺨﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .17‬ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪5-1 :5‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮﻻ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺭﻣﺰﻱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗُﺮﻯ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ُﻠﺨﺺ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺑﻜﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4 :5‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺕ ﺃﺣ ٌﺪ ﻟﻴﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺮﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻘﺪﻩ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺟﺎء‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪164‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﺄﺳ ٍﺪ ﺯﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺆﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﺭﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‬‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﻴﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺪﺍء ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻥ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺸﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻧﻪ ُﻭ ِﺟﺪ َﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ!‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﺮ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻪ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬ ‫‪ِ .18‬‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﺃ ( ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﺍً ﻭﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ‪ .1‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺟﻮﺋﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺧﺘﻮﻡ‬ ‫‪ ) .....‬ﺏ ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍء‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﺝ ( ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻓﺎ ٍﺩ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻣﺆﻫﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﺩ ( ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻋﻘ ٍﺪ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) .....‬ﻫـ ( ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺳﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺋﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ َ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻴﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .5‬‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪14-6 :5‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﺬﺑﻮﺡ ﻻ‬
‫ﻛﺄﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .6 :5‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺑﻄﺮﺱ‬ ‫ﻛﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ َ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﺩ ﺃﻭﻝ ِﺫ ٍ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺃﺷﺎﺭﺍ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪» :‬ﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ َﺣ َﻤﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ« )ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ .(29 :1‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺪﺍﺋﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺧﻠﺼﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺩﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ« ))‪ 1‬ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ‪ .(19 :1‬ﺍﻓﺘﺪﻯ‬ ‫»ﺑﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﻡ َ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻋﺰ ﺃﻣﻼﻙ ﺭﺍﻋﻮﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺎً ﻭﺃﺑﺪﻳﺎً‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺑﻮﺡ! »ﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﻔﺮ ٍﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺭﺍﻗﺔ‬‫ﺃﻧﻚ ﺍﻓﺘﺪﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪َ ،‬‬
‫(‪ .‬ﺳﻜﺐ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻛﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻷﺟﻠﻚ ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻲ ﻭﻷﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻡ« )ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪.(22 :9‬‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻔﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ُﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺗﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻌُﺪ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ )ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ ،(12-1 :4‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ )ﻏﻼﻃﻴﺔ ‪ ،(20 :2‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻨﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ )‪ 1‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪.(13 :10‬‬

‫ﻼ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪َ 7-6 :5‬ﺣ َﻤ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﻴﻔﺘﺤﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ َ‬
‫ﺃُﺧ ِﺒﺮ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﺳﺪ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﺳ ٍﺪ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻻ َﺣ َﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺑﻮﺡ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﻔﺘﺤﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪َ ،‬‬
‫»ﻭﺟﻮﺋﻴﻠﻨﺎ‪ «،‬ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻵﺏ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(7‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺃﺣ ٌﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻴﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻴﺠﺮﺅ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .19‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﱡﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺑﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
 ‫‪165‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .9‬ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﲔ‬

‫‪ .20‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ َ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺑﻮﺡ ﻻ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 14-8 :5‬ﺑﺤﺮﺹ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﺒﱢﺤﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺑﺨﻮﺭ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(8‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺜﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﺄﺱ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺢ ﺍﷲ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(13‬ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫»ﻟﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻚ‪«،‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻼﻡ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ٍ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪..10:6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .14-8 :5‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﻼﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣُﻘﺪﺱ ﺭﺍﺋﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻈ ٍﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺱ ٍ‬
‫ﺻ ْﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣُﺴﺒﱢﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.14-8 :5‬‬ ‫‪ِ .21‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺭﺍﺋﻊ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ! ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎً‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻷﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﻷﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .6‬ﺍﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬

‫ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪17-1 :6‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺧﺘﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،6‬ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ َ‬
‫ُﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪» :‬ﺗﻌﺎﻝ!« ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬
‫»ﺗﻌﺎﻝ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 1‬ﻭ‪ 3‬ﻭ‪ 5‬ﻭ‪ 7‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺍﺫﻫﺐ« ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ »ﺍﺫﻫﺐ‪ «،‬ﺇﺫ ﺗُ ِ‬
‫ﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺸﻲ ٍء ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ٍ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺬ ﱠ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﺸﻒ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺣﺼﺎﻧﺎً ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﺭﺍﻛﺒﻪ ﻗﻮﺳﺎً‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺍﻛﺒﻪ ﺃُﻋﻄﻲ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻨﺘﺼﺮ ﻭﻋﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺭﺍء‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﺝ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(2‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺸﻌﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ »ﺿﺪ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ«‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟ ً‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﺃﻧﺘﻲ« )‪ ،(anti‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً »ﺿﺪ‪ «،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎً‬
‫»ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ‪ «.‬ﻓﺴﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎً ﺳﻴﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻬﻢ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،،19‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺭﺍﻛﺒﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2 :6‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﺍً ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎً‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻼ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎً‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺳﻼﺡ ﺣﺮﺑﻲ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﺪﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺗﺎﺟﺎً ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻀﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪166‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ َ‬

‫ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﻀﻄﺮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻻ ﻋﻦ ٍ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ« ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺑﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻓﻨﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪«،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺸﻌﺮ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪21-12 :2‬؛ ‪16-9 :13‬؛ ﻳﻮﺋﻴﻞ ‪11 :2-15 :1‬؛ ‪32-28 :2‬؛ ‪:3‬‬
‫‪12-9‬؛ ﻋﺎﻣﻮﺱ ‪20-18 :5‬؛ ﻋﻮﺑﺪﻳﺎ ‪17-15‬؛ ﺻﻔﻨﻴﺎ ‪ .18-7 :1‬ﻭﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪ 14-12‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺿﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ«‬‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ 7 :30‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ »ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ ﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪30‬‬
‫ﺿﻴﻖ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫)ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 1 :12‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺗﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﱠﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺒﱢﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ 9 :5‬ﺑﻜﻞ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .22‬ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺗﺠﺴﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎء ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺋﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• »ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ« ﺃﻭ »ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ« )ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ ،18 :2‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫• »ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ« )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.(26-23 ،8 :7‬‬
‫• »ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺷﺎﻣﺦ ﺍﻷﻧﻒ« )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،(23 :8‬ﺃﻭ »ﺟﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ« )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،23 :8‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫• »ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ« )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،27-26 :9‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫• »ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﻖ« )ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪.(17-15 :11‬‬
‫• »ﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ« )‪ 2‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪.(12-1 :2‬‬
‫• »ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ« )‪ 2‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪(3 :2‬‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻀﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫• ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻜﺒﱢﺮ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻌﺠﺮﻓﺔ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.(8 :7‬‬
‫• ﺭﺟﻞ ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻱ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.(24 :8‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤ َﻴﻞ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.(25-24 :8‬‬
‫• ﻣﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮ ِ‬
‫‪167‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .9‬ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﲔ‬

‫• ﺭﺟﻞ ﻧﺎﺟﺢ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.(24 :8‬‬

‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺘﻜﺒﱢﺮ )‪.(25 :8‬‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﻳﻔﺴﺪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﻠﱡﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.(32 :11‬‬
‫• ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﷲ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.(36 :11‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﺱ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﻤﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ٍ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺩﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺩﻣﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻔﺮﺽ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﻪ ﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻘﺐ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﻤﺮ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﺭﺍﻛﺒﻪ ﺳﻴﻔﺎً ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﻦ ُﻓ ِﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 3‬ﻭ‪ .(4‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎً‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﺭﺍﻛﺒﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(5‬ﻓﺒﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻋﺪ ٌﺩ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻹﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﻮءﺍً‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺛﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،(6‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﺳﻴﺴﻌﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺒﺬﻳﺮﺍً ﻭﺭﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺒﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﺎﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺼﺪﻩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺮﻳﺔ‪» :‬ﻛﻞ َﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ َﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻌﻄﺶ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻳﻌﻄﺶ ً‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻊ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﺪﺍً« )ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ .(14-13 :4‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ! ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﻔﻊ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ؟‬

‫ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﺃﺧﻀﺮ ﺑﺎﻫﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﺭﺍﻛﺒﻪ »ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪ «،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ُﻓ ِﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ »ﻣﺜﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ« )ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ(‪ .‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺼﺎً ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺺ‬
‫‪(20‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﺗُﻌﺎ َﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺃ ًﺓ )‪20 :1‬‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ُﻓ ِﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻋﺪﺩﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍء‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺑﻮﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻤﺜﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘُ ِ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺠﺘﺎﺯﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍء ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺑﻮﺣﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺧﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﺳﻴُﻘ َﺘﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ُ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ُﻗ ِﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺆﻻء »ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺫﺑﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺑﺢ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ (9‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﻢ‬

‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ُﻓ ِﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ ،(14-12‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﺛﺎﺭ ًﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﻴﻦ »ﻛـ« ﺃﻭ »ﻣﺜﻞ‪ «،‬ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ َ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻓﺎً ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪168‬‬

‫ﺯﻟﺰﺍﻻ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻮﻋﺎً‬

‫ً‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻲء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻐﻴﱡﺮﺍً ﻣﺸﺆﻭﻣﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺮﻣﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻛﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﻤﻸ ﺍﻟﺠﻮ ﻧﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﻝ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻼﻭ ًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻛﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ )ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻙ( ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪17-15‬‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻓﺠﺄ ًﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ ًﺓ ﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺳﻴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﺩﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ٌ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺰﻭﺍﻝ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﻌﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ًﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻬﻮﻥ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﻤﻮﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺣﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﺟﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺪﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻋﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‬‫ﺛﻤﻦ ﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺕ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻘﺒﱠﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﺼﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗ ﱠﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺫﺑﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺬﻟﻮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬ ٍﺪ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪ِ .23‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺧﺘﻢ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳُﻔ َﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺃ ( ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﻤﺎ ﻛﺮﺍﻛﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺼﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺏ ( ﺯﻟــﺰﺍﻝ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﺿــﻄــﺮﺍﺑــﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻛﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺝ ( ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺩ ( ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﻫـ ( ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﻭ ( ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫‪169‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .9‬ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﲔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺃﺳﺪ ﻋﺸﻴﺮﺓ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( َﺣ َﻤﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺑﻮﺡ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻣﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 14-8 :5‬ﻣﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻟﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪ ) :‬ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ (‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 1‬ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4‬ﺗﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﺏ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻣﻼﻙ ﻗﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﻳﺔ »ﺟﻮﺋﻴﻞ« ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( »ﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺮ« ﺃﻭ »ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻲ‪«.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( »ﺗﻌﺎﻝ« ﺃﻭ »ﺍﺫﻫﺐ‪«.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫»ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ‪«.‬‬ ‫) ﺝ ( »ﺿﺪ« ﺃﻭ‬
‫) ﺩ ( »ﻓﺎ ٍﺩ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ« ﺃﻭ »ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺑﺎء‪«.‬‬

‫ﺯﻟﺰﺍﻻ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ‪:‬‬

‫ً‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 6‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ :‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ )ﺹ( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ )ﺥ( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .6 ......‬ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7 ......‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺔ َ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪170‬‬

‫‪ .8 ......‬ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 5-1 :5‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﺪﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳُُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪ 40-39 :11‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4 :4‬ﻳﻤﺜﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪171‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .9‬ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﲔ‬

‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪ 40-39 :11‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬ ‫‪ ) .12‬ﺩ ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺳﻴﻜﻤﱠﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 14-12 :21‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺮﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﺘﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ) .13‬ﺝ ( »ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻖ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻔﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺳﻞ َ‬ ‫ﺧﺘﻮﻣﻪ؟«‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻮﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺨﺺ ﻳﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﻭﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﺑﺄﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﻳٌﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﺮﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻬﻴﺒﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) .14‬ﺏ ( »ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﻴﺮﺓ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﻭﻧﺴﻞ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ‪...‬‬
‫‪ .19‬ﺑﺈﻳﻤﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻔﺾ ﺧﺘﻮﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪«.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻫﻲ »ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﻣﺠﺪ‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪«.‬‬
‫‪ ) .15‬ﺏ ( ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .20‬ﻷﻥ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻩ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺠﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﺛﻮﺍﺑﺎً ﺑﻴﻀﺎء‪،‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﻢ ﺃﻛﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫‪ ) .16‬ﺃ ( ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻓﺪﺍء ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻛﻲ‬
‫‪ ) .10‬ﺏ ( ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺑﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺛﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) .22‬ﺃ ( ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺷﻴﻮﺧﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‪ (2 .‬ﻧﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫‪ ) .11‬ﺃ (‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺷﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺪ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‪ (3 .3‬ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺮ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺛﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺪﻳﻴﻦ‪ (4 .‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4 :4‬ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬ ‫‪ ) .23‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﺃﻛﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺪﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬ ‫‪ ) .17‬ﺃ ( ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮﻻ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺑــﻮﺍﺑــﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺳﺘُﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎء ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﻫﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬ ‫‪ ) .18‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺟﻮﺋﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺧﺘﻮﻡ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
 ‫‪@taáÄyc‬‬ ‫‪pie‬‬ ‫•‬

‫•‬
‫‪10‬‬

‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪—óÄn‰fl‬‬
‫‪Ú‡Óƒ»€a@ÚÄ‘Óõ€a‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪pie‬‬

‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻟﺠﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺿﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﺏ ﻭﻣﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺋﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺎً ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺿﺤﺎﻳﺎ ﻻ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﺌﺎً ﻣﺜﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﻔﻮﺳﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﻨﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺳﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺙ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﻴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻌﻄﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎً ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻭﻥ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﺎً ﺑﻴﻀﺎً ﻭﻳﺤﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺃﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺘﺴﺒّﺒﻪ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺒﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﺘﻘﺴﻰ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻀﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﺋﺪﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﻜﺴﺮ ﺳﻼﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺒﻘﻮﻥ ﺿﺤﺎﻳﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺷﻬﻮﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺬﺭﺓ ﻭﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪» ،‬ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ« )ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ ،(10 :10‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ِ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻮﺍﻕ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ٌ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ëäá€a@äb†g‬‬ ‫ﻣُﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ‪22-4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺨﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ëäá€a@“aáÁc‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺮﺡ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﺸﻴﺮﺗﻲ ﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﺃﻓﺮﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻚ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺒﺨﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪pbËÓÄuÏm‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 7‬ﻭ‪ 8‬ﻭ‪ 9‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪174‬‬

‫‪ ..3‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﱡﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ëäá€a@›Óó–m‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﻄﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ُﻣﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻣﻬﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 12‬ﻫﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .16‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻘﺘﻨﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،66‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ .29 :24‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺮﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺘﻤﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻀﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ُﻮﺻﻒ ﻓﻲ ٍ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻔﻘﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ُﻗﺮﺏ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻳﻤﺘﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ 9-7‬ﺳﻨﻐﻄﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺘُ ِ‬
‫ﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪22-4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ِ .1‬‬

‫ﺃﺷـــﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟــﻔــﱰﺓ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﺰﻣــﻨــﻴــﺔ ﺍﻟـــﱵ ﺳــﺘــﺤــﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،9-7‬ﻟﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .22-44‬ﻭﻫﺪﻓﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻟﺘﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣــــﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺭﺳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ‪.22-4‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬

‫ﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﳌﺆﻣﻨﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪ 1000‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪ 3.5‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺝ ﻭﻣﺎﺟﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ 3.5‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫‪ 42‬ﺷﻬﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﻛﺆﻭﺱ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺃﺑﻮﺍﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﳌﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺃﻟﻔﺎ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻗﺘﻞ ﺿﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﳒﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺨﻠﺼﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 :10‬‬
 ‫‪175‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .10‬ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(‪،‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺃ ( ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟــﻌــﺮﺵ ﺍﻷﺑــﻴــﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺏ ( ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺝ ( ﺳﻜﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﺄﺳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﻫـ ( ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻸﺑﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﻭ ( ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻸﺑﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ُﺴﻜﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﺄﺳﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻳ َ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.9-7‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺃﻟﻔ ًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪3-1 :7‬‬

‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻣﺪﻣﱢﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻇﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ٌ‬
‫ﻣﻼﻙ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻞ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ‪ ،‬ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺎﺩﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺟﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ »ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺨﺘﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻬﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ«‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﱢ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(3‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ )ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪ ،(9-7‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﺷﻴﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4-3 :9‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻼ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪ .‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺆﻣﱢﻦ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 3-1 :7‬ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﺪﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫ﺇﻳﺬﺍء ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺇﺣﻴﺎء ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺑﻌﻮﺍﺻﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪176‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻼﻙ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻮﺭﺍً ﻭﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎً‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﺨ َﺘﻤﻮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺇﻏﻨﺎء ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ُﺧ ِﺘﻤﻮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺩ ( ﺇﻟﻤﻬﻤﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺿــﺢ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟــﺬﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .3‬‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪4 :7‬‬ ‫ﳝﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺃﻟﻔ ًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﺭﺍء ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﺮﺛﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠﱢﻢ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻳﺤﻔﻈﻮﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ ﻛﺠﺰ ٍء ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺧﻼﺻﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻋﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﺃﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺑﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻱ ٍ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺘﺠﺘﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺠﺘﺎﺯﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺘﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻳﻤﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ 144000‬ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣُﺨﻠﱢﺼﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻣﻌﺘﻨﻘﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﺆﻻء ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺳﺘُ َﺮﺩ ﻭﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺨﻠﺼﻮﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ُﻭ ِﻋﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ‪ 29-28 :2‬ﻭﺭﻭﻣﺔ ‪) 4‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ (16‬ﻭﻏﻼﻃﻴﺔ ‪.9-6 :3‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺃُﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺗُﻘﺘ َﺒﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪ 34-31 :31‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪.12-8 :8‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ »ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻﺣﻆ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ‪ ،5-1 :99‬ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﱢ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ« ﺃﻡ ﻋﻦ »ﻋﺮﻕ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻱ‪ «.‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ 11-9‬ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺮﺙ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻹﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ )ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ‪.(9-6 :9‬‬
 ‫‪177‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .10‬ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ )‪.(18-10 :9‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺳﻘﻂ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻈﻮﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ )‪.(33-27 :9‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺮء ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﺺ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﺃﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺎً ﺃﻡ ﺃﻣﻤﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ )‪.(13-6 :10‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺬﻉ ﺷﺠﺮ ٍﺓ ﺣﻘﻠﻴﺔ )‪.(24-11 :11‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﻰ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ »ﻳﻜﻤُﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ« )‪.(25 :11‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺳﺘﺨﻠُﺺ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻛﺄﻣﺔ ﻭﺗُﻌﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﷲ )‪.(32-26:11‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺟﻤﻴﻊ« )ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ‪ (26 :11‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ »ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪«.‬‬
‫‪ ..21-20‬ﺃﻣﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻌﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪20 :10‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺳﻴﻘﺒﻞ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻣُﺨﻠﱢﺼﺎً‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﻤﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻘﺒﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﻴُﻌﺘ َﺒﺮﻭﻥ »ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪«.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ِﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 8-5 :7‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ٍ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ »»‪«12‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺼﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﻢ »‪ «12‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻱ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 12‬ﻭﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 12‬ﻳﺪﻋﻤﺎﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫»‪ ««144000‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺨﻠُﺺ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ‪:5-1 :9‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻻ ﻳﻜﻠﱢﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﻜﻠﱢﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻳﻜﻠﱢﻢ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﻜﻠﱢﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻻ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻤﺜﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﻁ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺴﺮ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .4‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪8-5 :7‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍ ُﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً‪،‬‬
‫‪.8-5‬‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪- :7‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬
‫ُﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،8-55 :7‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪ 26-23 :35‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﺄﺑﻨﺎء ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺣﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻧﻄﻖ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ( ﺑﺒﺮﻛ ٍﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻓﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﻭﻣﻨﺴﻰ )ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪،(20-11 :48‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺙ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺛﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ُﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ« ﺑﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ َ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎً ﻳﻮﺳﻒ »ﺣﺼﺔ ﻣ َ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺑﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺭﺛﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺸﻴﺮﺓ ﻻﻭﻱ ً‬
‫ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻼﻭﻱ‬
‫‪ ،8-5 :7‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻻﻭﻱ ُﺫ ِﻛﺮ ﺑﺪﻝ ﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﺪﻝ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪178‬‬

‫ُﺬﻛﺮ ﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﺃﻓﺮﺍﻳﻢ؟« ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺄﻝ‪» :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻋﺸﻴﺮﺓ ﺗﺤ ﱠﻮﻟﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺲ‬‫ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ )ﻗﻀﺎﺓ ‪ .(31-30 :18‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ُﻗ ِﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺑﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺛﻨﻴﺔ ﺭﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﻌﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺇﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎء ﻧﻈﺮ ٍﺓ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ‪34 :20‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻜﺮﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ‪ 22-21 :16‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﻨﻢ ُ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ً‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﻫﻮ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﻩ ﻭﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ُﻨﺠﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ (27 :9‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ )ﻣﺘﻰ ‪:24‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱢ‬
‫‪ .(15‬ﻭﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺗﻌﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ِﺫ ْﻛﺮ ﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﺃﻓﺮﺍﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ًﺓ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ٌ‬

‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﺃﻓﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.8-5 :7‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ‬‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .5‬‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪17-9 :7‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻼﺑﺲ ﺛﻴﺎﺑ ًﺎ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﰲ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ِ 7‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻒ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻠﺒﺴﻮﻥ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﺎً ﺑﻴﻀﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻳﺘﻜ ﱠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪ ٍﺩ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳُﺤﺼﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﻔﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻭﻥ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﺎً ﺑﻴﻀﺎء‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺨﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻓﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﻣﺴﺒﱢﺤﻴﻦ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻨﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ،12-10‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ُﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪10 :7‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺤﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 11-8 :4‬ﻭ‪.14-8 :5‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﻑ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫»ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﺠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ« ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻢ »ﻏﺴﻠﻮﺍ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻬﻢ ‪ ...‬ﺑﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.(14 :7‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻓﺘُﺪﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺎﻗﺸﻨﺎ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻣﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ )ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ ٍﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4 :4‬ﻭ‪ (8 :5‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻼﺑﺲ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء )ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪،(9 :7‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺗﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺗﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻒ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﺗﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺃﻛﺎﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻛﺎﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺜﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺒﺨﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻔﺪﻳﻴﻦ ﻳﻤﻸﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﻓﻴﺴﺒﱢﺤﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪179‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .10‬ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺷﻴﺨﺎﹰ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻔﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﻭﺵ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﹸ ﹶ‬
‫ﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺃﻛﺎﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻛﺎﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻏﺼﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻧﺨﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺜﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺒﺨﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﹴ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 :10‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﺗﻮﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ‪،‬‬‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺎﻗﺸﻨﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺁﺭﺍء ﺣﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ُ‬
‫ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻜ ﱠﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺆﻻء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،14‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﺠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ٌ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻱ ٍ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﺘﻜ ﱠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪﺍ ٍء ﻟﻢ ُﺗﻘﻢ ﺃﺟﺴﺎ ُﺩﻫﻢ ﺑﻌ ُﺪ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻱ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻥ« ﻓﻲ‬
‫»ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﱢﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘُ ِﻄﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء ٌ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻗ ِﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎً ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺷﻬﺪﺍء‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ُﺆﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﺼﻮﺍ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﻴ َ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﺒﻘﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 7‬ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺴﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﻬﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺨ َﺘﻄﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻧﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﺼﻮﺍ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻳ َ‬
‫ُﺆﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻭﺷﻌﺐ ﻭﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻐﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻭ ( ﻻ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻ ْﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪:7‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫‪ ،17-9‬ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .6‬ﺍﺷـــــﺮﺡ ﺍﻟــﺮﻣــﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺨﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻼﻙ ﺍ ُﳌ ِ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪5-1 :8‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺨﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ )‪(1 :8‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺷﻲء‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺩ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻴﺮ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻐﺮﺍﺏ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺷﻲ ٌء ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻤﺖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻟﺤﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺗﺴﺄﻝ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪180‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻭﺿﺎﻋﻬﺎ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺛﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﺗُﻌﻄﻰ ﻟـ »ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻔﻴﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(2‬‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻼﻙ ﺁﺧﺮ‪،‬‬‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﺄﺑﻮﺍﻗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ٌ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﻟﻴﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﻮﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺼﻌﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺼﻌﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 3‬ﻫﻮ ﺻﻮﺭ ٌﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺨﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﺓ )ﻻﻭﻳﻴﻦ ‪ .(13-12 :16‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠﱢﻤﻨﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ّ‬
‫‪ 16-4 :14‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻛﻬﻨﺘﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﺗُﻌﻄﻰ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ 3 :8‬ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺨﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﺼ ﱢﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ »ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻀﺮﻋﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ« )‪ 1‬ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺛﺎﻭﺱ ‪ ،(5 :2‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺘﺸﻔﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ُﺸﺘﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﻮﺭ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﻗﺮﺑﺎﻧﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻪ ﻗﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .10‬ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻼﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺳﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺛﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ (‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺳﺒﺒﻴﻦ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،4-3 :8‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺨﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 5 :8‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺒﺨﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺒﺨﺮﺗﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ٍ 5‬‬
‫ﻮﺷﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗُ ِ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺑﺢ ﻭﺳﻜﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻸ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺨﺮﺓ ٍ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻫﺎﺵ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻗﺐ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﺭﻋﻮ ٌﺩ ﻭﺑﺮﻭﻕ ﻭﺯﻻﺯﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺻﻌﺒﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺼﺮﺧﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،10 :6‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ِ .7‬‬

‫ﺃﺷـــــﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪21 :9-6 :8‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺣﲔ ُﻳﻨ َﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﻟﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻋﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻫﻦ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﱠ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﺸﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫‪181‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .10‬ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺌﻴﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺗُ َ‬
‫ﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﻮﺻﻒ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻄ ﱠﻮ ً‬
‫ﻻ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗُ َ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﺒﻮﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ َﺑ َﺮ ٌﺩ ﻭﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﻕ ﺛُﻠﺚ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺛﻠﺚ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌُﺸﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺴﺠﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﻛﺴﺠﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻄﻲ‬
‫ُﺸﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌ ْ‬

‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧُﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﻘﻲ ٌ‬

‫ﺟﺒﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺩﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤ ﱡﻮﻝ ﺛﻠﺚ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺗﺖ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻢ ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻦ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﻗﻊ ﺑﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﻧﺠﻤﺎً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ »ﻋﻠﻘﻢ‪ «،‬ﺃﻭ »ﺃﻓﺴﻨﺘﻴﻦ« )ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪/‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ( ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻓﺴﺪ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻓﺤ ِﺠﺐ ﻧﻮﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ٌ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺳﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻮﻛﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺭﺙ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﺸﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﺍً ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻠﱠﺼﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻓﻮﺍ‪» :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﷲ« )ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ‪.(15 :8‬‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎً ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻣﻼﻛﺎً ﻳﺪﻋﻮ‬
‫ﻳﻄﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪» :‬ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﻭﻱ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻔﺦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(13‬‬

‫‪ .12‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﺨﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻘﺎﺏ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟ َﺒ َﺮ ِﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ُﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻤﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻳ َ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮﺍﻥ »ﻧﺠﻮﻡ« ﺃﻭ »ﺟﺒﺎﻝ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﻣﻬﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻼﻙ ٍ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺳﻴﻤﺘﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ ٍﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺒﻊ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 12-1:9‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧُ ِﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻧﺠﻤﺎً ﺳﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃُﻋﻄﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺑﺌﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(1‬ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ُﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‬
‫‪ 20 :1‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣ َ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﺎﻗﻼ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 2‬ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﺎً‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪182‬‬

‫ُ‬
‫»ﺭﺃﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻕ« )ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ .(18 :10‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺎً‪ ،‬ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺑﺌﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪ 31-30‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﺠﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟـ »ﺑﺌﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ «،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪30 :8‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ )ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ 31 :8‬ﺑـ ‪ 2‬ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ‪ 4 :2‬ﻭﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ‪.(6‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ »ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ« ﺑﺌﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺩﺧﺎﻧﺎً ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺸﺎً ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎً‬
‫ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ ،33-32 :8‬ﺳﻜﻨﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻨﺎﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣُﺤ ﱠﺪﺩﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺴﺒﱢﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻟﻤﺎً ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍً ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ ﺧﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﻬﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻨﺠﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺘﺎﺯﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺭﻫﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﺪﻫﺎ »ﻣﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﻳﺔ »ﺃﺑﺪﻭﻥ« ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ »ﺃﺑﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ‪ «،‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪.(11‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺭ« ﻭ»ﺍﻟﻤُﻬﻠﻚ« ﺃﻭ »ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﱢﺮ‪ «،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺨﻠﻒ ﺟﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻨﻤﻲ ﻭﺭﺍءﻩ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﻳﻼﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .13‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ »ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ« ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻷﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺟﺴﺪﺍً ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺎ‪ً.‬‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﻳُﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ »ﻣﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ« ٌ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺋﻦ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻹﺷــﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻗﻠﺔ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ »ﻣﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ« ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺑﺌﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎً ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺳﺘﺪﻭﻡ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻟﺨﻤﺲ ﺷﻬﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻭ ( ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻓﻲ ﻟـ »ﺃﺑﺪﻭﻥ« ﻭ»ﺃﺑﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ« ﻫﻮ »ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡ‪«.‬‬
‫ﺨﺮﺝ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪:‬‬‫‪ .14‬ﺗُ ِ‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺇﻫﻼﻙ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺇﻳﺬﺍء ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺗﻌﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﺎﻭﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺓ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .15‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ٍ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ »ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ« ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 1 :9‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪. ...................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻒ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 21-13 :9‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﻊ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺻﻮﺗﺎً ﺁﺗﻴﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﺬﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺑﺈﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﻴﱠﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫)‪ .(1 :7‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻣُﻘﻴﱠﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻣُﻘﻴﱠﺪﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫‪183‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .10‬ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﻴﱠﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﻳﺮﺓ )ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ‪ .(6‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻗﺎﺩ ًﺓ ﻟﺠﻴﺶ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،16‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ ﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(15‬ﻳُﻌﺘ َﺒﺮ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺕ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫‪ (14‬ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(12 :16‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﱡ‬
‫ﺟﻴﻮﺵ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﻟﻤﺤﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 45-44 :11‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫ﺟﻴﻮﺷﺎً ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺳﺘﺘﺠﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺿﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪:16‬‬
‫‪ 12‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻮﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﺌﺘﺎ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣُﻌ ﱞﺪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫‪ .(15‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﻫﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻈﻬﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤُﻬﻠِﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻘﺘﻞ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍً ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﻠﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﺘﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻠﺚ‬
‫ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻫﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻗﻬﻢ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،(20‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻘﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺼﻠِﺤﻮﻥ َ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻬﻮﻧﻪ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪.(21-20‬‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻌﺒﻪ »ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﺳﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫‪ ((20‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﻓﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻺﺣﺴﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ »ﺳﺤﺮ« ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻒ ﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﻗﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ﱢ‬
‫ُﺴﻜﻨﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺻﻴﺪﻟﻴﺔ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Pharmacy‬ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻠﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺍﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﺍﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﻗﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﻳﺔ؟ ﻗﺪ ﱢ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻫﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .16‬ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 15-14 :9‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣُﻘﻴﱠﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣُﻌﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﻬﻴﱠﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺷﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗُ ﱠ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .17‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻘﺘﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ؟‬

‫‪ .18‬ﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳُﻘ َﺘﻠﻮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .19‬ﺣ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻮﻕ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﺑﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻪ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺃ ( ﺗﺤ ﱡﻮﻝ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺏ ( ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺟﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺝ ( ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ َﺑ َﺮ ٍﺩ ﻭﻧﺎﺭ ﻭﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬ ‫ﻷﻧﺎﺱ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺩ ( ﻗﺘﻞ ﺟﻴﺶ ﻗﻮﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﺌﺘﺎ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﻫـ ( ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ ﻟﺜﻠﺚ ﻧﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻼ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﻭ ( ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ً‬
‫ﺟﺒﻼ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪184‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺧﻼﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴُﺪﺍﻧﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻮﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻜﺄﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻠﻮﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ُﺨﻄﻔﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳ َ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻱ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﺎً ﺑﻴﻀﺎء‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬
‫ُﺨﺘﻄﻔﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺃﻥ »ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ« ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 1 :9‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎً ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻷﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻳُﻌﻄﻰ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺌﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ (‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ) ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻌﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺌﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻳُﻨ َﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳُﻨ َﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻳُﻨ َﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳُﻨ َﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ :‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ )ﺹ( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ )ﺥ( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .6 .....‬ﺳﻴﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﺇﻳﺬﺍء ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7 .....‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ِﺫ ْﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﺃﻓﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻮﻣﺔ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .8 .....‬ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻼﺑﺲ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﺎً ﺑﻴﻀﺎء ﻛﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺪﺍء ﻟﻢ ﻳُﻘﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺎً ﺑﻌ ُﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪185‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .10‬ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ؟‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺠﺰﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﻠَﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪186‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬

‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎً ً‬ ‫‪.6‬‬ ‫‪ ) .10‬ﺩ ( ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ (‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻫﺆﻻء‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫»ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ«‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺼﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺳﻴﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣُﺨﻠﱢﺼﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫‪ ) .16‬ﺃ ( ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣُﻘﻴﱠﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫‪ .7‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻴﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪ .11‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻲ ً‬
‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻠﱢﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺒﺨﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﱡ‬
‫‪ .17‬ﺛُﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻊ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣُﺤ ﱠﺪﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﺇﻳﺬﺍء ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪ ) .12‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫‪ .18‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺗﻜﺒﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻧﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬ ‫) ﺩ ( ﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣُﺨﻠﱢﺼﺎً ﻟﻬﻢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻄﺎﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪ ) .13‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﻳﺨﻠﺼﻮﺍ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﻴ َ‬
‫ُﺆﺧﺬﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫‪ ) .19‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬ ‫‪ ) .14‬ﺏ ( ﺇﻳﺬﺍء ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫‪ ) .5‬ﺝ ( ﻳﻜﻠﱢﻢ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺃﺷﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺇﻧﻪ‬‫ً‬ ‫‪.15‬‬
‫ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎً‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎً‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺌﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻟﺒﺌﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪187‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .10‬ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬
 ‫‪‚áÄ‘Än€a‬‬ ‫‪pie‬‬ ‫•‬

‫•‬
‫‪11‬‬

‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪pie‬‬
‫¿@‪ÒäÏó€a‬‬
‫‪Ú‹flbì€a@ÚÌÏj‰€a‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪pie‬‬

‫•‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻛﺰﻧﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﻭﻧﺎﻗﺸﻨﺎ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 10‬ﻭﺳﻨﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻠِﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺗﻪ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻨﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺗﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﺑﺎﺑﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﻣﺼﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﱡ‬

‫ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘ ﱡﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻧﻨﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﺪﻓﺎً‬
‫ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺨﻠﺺ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻩ ﺑﻌ ُﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﺬﻝ ﻗﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﺟﻬﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺟﻴﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@äb†g‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬‫ﱡ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﻥ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ‬

‫‪ëäá€a@“aáÁc‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺑﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪pbËÓÄuÏm‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ..3‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘ ﱡﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ُﻛﺘﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘ ﱡﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ُﻛﺘﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘ ﱡﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪) .‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻘ ﱡﺪﻡ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺐ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﱠﻤ َﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺗﱠﺒﺖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎً‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪190‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@›Óó–m‬‬

‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ )ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪(13-10‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻤﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﱡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ‬‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .1‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪7-1 :10‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻧﺎﺯﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻠِﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺰﻳ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻣﻼﻛﺎً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻘﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﻣﻼﻙ ﺁﺧﺮ« ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2 :7‬ﻭ‪ .3 :8‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﻼﻙ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ »ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ« ﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻼﻛﺎً ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﺒﺨﺮﺓ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻗ ﱠﺪﻡ ﺑﺨﻮﺭﺍً ﻣﻊ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﻯ »ﻣﻼﻛﺎً ﺁﺧﺮ« ﺟﺒﺎﺭﺍً ﻭﻣﻬﻴﺒﺎً ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ُﻄﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﻫﻮ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭ؟« ﺳﻨﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻼ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻼﻛﺎً ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎً ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺎً ﻟﺮﺑﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻫﺆﻻء ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺷﺒ ٍﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﻄﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ُﺸﺎﺑﻬﺎﻥ ﻭﺻﻒ‬ ‫ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .15-13 :1‬ﻭﻳُﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﻦ ﻳ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ .5-3 :10‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 6‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﺍً‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻛﻪ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻳﺼ ﱢﻮﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ً‬
‫ﻋﻤﻼ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻌﻠِﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺟﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(2‬ﻭﺑﻠﻐ ٍﺔ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳُﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﺭ ً‬
‫ِ‬
‫ُﺨﻀﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ )ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪ .(8 :2‬ﻓﺨﻄﺔ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺷﻚ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﱠﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪،‬‬

‫(‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪،(6‬‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻠِﻦ‪» :‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺑﻄﺎ ٌء ﺑﻌ ُﺪ!« ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ »ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺤﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺎ‪ «.‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﻌ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻳﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻌﻼ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪ 6 :9‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻻﺩﺗﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﻊ ﻣﺌ ٍﺔ ﻭﺧﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﻛﺄﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻟِﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻓﻲ ‪ 6 :10‬ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻲ »ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻌ ُﺪ‪ «.‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ َ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﻭﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎء‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺰﻣﻦ‬
 ‫‪191‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .11‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫)ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ‪ (2 :2‬ﻭﺇﺑﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻤﺼﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻴﻮﺍﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬‫ﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻄ ﱠﻮ ً‬
‫ﺳﻌﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺷﻞ ﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻭﻗﺼﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻳُﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺻﺮﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .(4-2‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻤﺴﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎً ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎً )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(2‬‬
‫ُﻮﺻﻒ‬‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ »ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ« ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳ َ‬
‫ُﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻤﻴﺮﺍﺙ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﻮﺷﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺪ ﱠﻭﻧﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗُ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘ ﱡﺪﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.11-8‬‬

‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻭﺻﺮﺥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻠﻤﺖ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺭﻋﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﻮﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻢ ﻳُﺴ َﻤﺢ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﻨﻪ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(4‬ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷ ُﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻟﻼﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﺗﻠﻮﺡ ﻓﻲ ُ‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﻣﻼﻙ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺟﺒﺎﺭ« ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻓﻲ ‪ 1 :10‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺅﺳﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺴﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻱ ﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻣﺘﻼﻛﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺑﻄﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺷﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ »ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻮ ٌ‬

‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﱢﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ ً‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍً ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎً ﺇﻟﻬﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‪» :‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺑﻄﺎ ٌء ﺑﻌ ُﺪ‪«.‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ِ .2‬ﺻ ْﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ‬

‫ﺃﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪11-8 :10‬‬

‫ﺳﻤﻊ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺻﻮﺗﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻣﺮ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻋ ٍﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫»ﺧﺬﻩ ﻭﺍﺑﺘﻠﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺠﺪﻩ ﻣُﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮ ِﻓﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻠﻮﺍً ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺴﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‪ُ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻚ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(9‬ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ُﻃﻠِﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻠﻮﺍً ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪192‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺪ ﱢﻭﻥ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍً‬
‫ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺎً ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃُﻋﻄﻲ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎً ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻭﻭﻳﻼﺕ )ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ‪ .(10-9 :2‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺎً ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﻮﺍﺡ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ »ﻭﺭﻗﺔ«(‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻤﻪ ﺣﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻕ )‪ .(3-1 :3‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ًﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺸﻌﺒﻪ )‪ .(4 :3‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺪﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗُ ِﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﻜﻤﻞ ﺧﻄﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺰﺭﻉ ﻓﺮﺣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴ ٍﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺅﻧﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻛﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻮﺍﺟﻬﻮﻥ ﻫﻼﻛﺎً ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺎً ﻫﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻘﺒﱡﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻀﻤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ُﻮﻗﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﺰﺍً ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺎً ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ِ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻜﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻟﻜﻴﻦ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ُﻭ ِﺟﺪﻭﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ‬ ‫ً‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﻀﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪ِ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ‪» :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻨﺒﺄ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(11‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺒﺊ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗُﻌﻠَﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻬﺎﺩ ًﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ )ﻣﺘﻰ ‪.(14 :24‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﺄﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﱡ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺮﺏ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺗُﻨ ِﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﻨﺒﻲ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺍً ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﱡ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪14-1 :11‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﺍً ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬‫ﱡ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺛﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻻ ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺳﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺣﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
 ‫‪193‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .11‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .3‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻓﱰﺓ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪2-1 :11‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺷﻬﺮ ًﺍ ﲠﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ُﻃﻠِﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 1‬ﻭ‪ 2‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺬﺑﺢ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺼﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺟﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ُﻃﻠِﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺃُﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺨﺒﺮﻩ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫»ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻛﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻭﺳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﺍً« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ؟‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺮء ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﺒﻮ ًﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﻭﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺪﻣﱢﺮﺓ )ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 66‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﻻء ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﱡ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺭﻭﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺆﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 70‬ﻡ‪ُ ،‬ﺩﻣﱢﺮﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺛﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻓﻀﻬﻢ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﻛﻤﺴﻴﺤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‪» :‬ﻫﻞ ﻧﺒﺬ ﺍﷲ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ؟« )ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ‪(1 :11‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﻴﺐ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‪» :‬ﻛﻼ!« ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ‪ ،11-9‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻤﻖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺳﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺟﺰءﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ‪ .(26 :11‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ 24 :21‬ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ‪» :‬ﻭﻳﺪﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﻢ‪ «.‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 11‬ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺗﻨﺒﺊ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﻭﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،2-1 :11‬ﺻﺎﺭ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﺎﻫﺎ )ﻭﻓﻲ ‪ 11-8 :10‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺎً ﻓﻴﻬﺎ(‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻴﺲ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺬﺑﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃُﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ؟ ﻟﻨﻨﻈﺮ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﻤﱠﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ )ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻭﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﺱ( ﻣُﺤﺎﻃﺎً ﺑﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﺮﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻐﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰﺃَﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺟﺰ ٍء ﻟﻠﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﻭﻥ ﻃﻘﺴﻴﺎً ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﺃﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﺍً ﺃﻡ ﺃﻣﻤﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻹﻫﻼﻛﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﺗﺒﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣُﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﷲ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ 2‬ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ‪13 :21‬؛ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪11 :34‬؛ ﻣﺮﺍﺛﻲ ‪ .(8 :2‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎ َﺑﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻭﺳﺎﺣﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪194‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ 24 :21‬ﻋﻦ ﺩﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻷﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ُﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﺠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬ ٍﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺠﺰ ٍء )ﺃﻭ »ﺑﻘﻴﺔ«( ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ًﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻼﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺘﻜ ﱠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﻋﺎﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﻮﻥ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺳﺘُﺪﺍﺱ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 8‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻳﺎً‬
‫ﺻﻠِﺐ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﺪﻭﻡ ﻭﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺰﻣﻮﺭ ‪6-5 :137‬؛ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪2-1 :40‬؛ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪.37 :23‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،2‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﺳﻴﺪﻭﺳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ‪ «،‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،27 :9‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻬﺪﺍً ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺣﺎً ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺎﺭﺳﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺋﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﻌﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻃﻨﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ )‪ (2-1 :11‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﻣﺤﺔ ﻟﻀﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ‪،‬‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﺍً ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻜﺴﺮ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻠﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻧﻴﺔ )ﻟﻸﻣﻨﺎء(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﻊ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺒﱢﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪.15 :24‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ »ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ« )ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ .(24-20 :21‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺿ ﱠﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﻭﻳﻀﺎﻳﻖ ﻗﺪﻳﺴﻴﻪ ‪ ...‬ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪«.‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫‪» :25:7‬ﻭﻳﻨﻄﻖ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﺳﺘﺤﻔﻆ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺬﺑﺢ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ‪ 2-1 :11‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﻣﻌﻴﱠﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺟﺪﻳﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺤﻖ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘُﺪﺍﺱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﻀﻄﻬﺪ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺳﺘﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺳ ٍﺔ‬
‫ُﺘﺴﺎﻣﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ُﺣ ْﻜﻤﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻣ ِ‬
‫) ﻭ ( ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺳﻴﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻴﺎﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﺑﺤﺮﻳ ٍﺔ ﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻌﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻃﻨﻬﻢ ً‬
‫ﻓﻌﻼ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺯ ( ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ »ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‪«.‬‬
 ‫‪195‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .11‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .4‬ﺍﺷـــــﺮﺡ ﻗﺼﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺻــﻒ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﳖﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪4-3 :11‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﲥﻤﺎ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷـــﺮ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 14-3‬ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﻨﺒﺂﻥ ﻟﻠﻤُﻀﻄﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﱰﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﺍً ﻣﺆﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰﺍً ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬
‫ُﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ُﺮﺳﻼﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﻜﺮﺯﻭﺍ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺳﻴ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺪﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤُﻔﺼﻞ ﻭﻣﻮﺗﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻗﺼﺪﻫﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺍﻥ ﻳﺤﺼﻼﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻬﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ً‬
‫ﻷﻟﻒ ﻭﻣﺌﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻣﺎً ﺃﻭ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﺍً )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(3‬ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺤ ﱠﺪﺩﺓ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳُﺮ َﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﻮﻳﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﻛﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺋﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻋﺰ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ‬
‫ﺛﻴﺎﺏ ﻓﻀﻔﺎﺿﺔ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻮﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻮﺡ ٌ‬
‫ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻷﻛﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋﺤﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺰﺍﻧﻰ )ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪:37‬‬
‫‪34‬؛ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(12 :6‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻮﺡ ﺗُﺮﺗﺪﻯ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺰﻥ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ )‪ 2‬ﺻﻤﻮﺋﻴﻞ ‪32-31 :3‬؛ ‪ 1‬ﻣﻠﻮﻙ‬
‫‪32 :20‬؛ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪.(21 :11‬‬

‫ﻭﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺘﻮﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ«‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻳﺸﻮﻉ ﻭﺯﺭﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺃﻗﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻧﺎ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ‬ ‫)ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(4 :11‬ﻗﺪ ُ‬
‫ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳُﺮ َﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺰﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ »ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺭﺍﺕ )ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪ .(6-1 :4‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪ ...‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﻭﺣﻲ« ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻬﻤﺎ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ .(6-5‬ﻭﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻫﺠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍء‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺒﻖ ﻷﻱ ﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻬﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻟﻬﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﱢ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻳﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﺍً‪.‬‬
‫ً‬

‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎً‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪196‬‬

‫ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻟﻠﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺳﻴﺤﺎﺻﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﻀﺎﻳﻘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳُﺜﺒّﺖ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻳﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧ ٍﺔ ﺧﺎﺹ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻨﺴﺠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺎً ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻡ ﷲ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻫﻢ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﱡ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.(6-3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻭﺣﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ‪ 11-7‬ﻭ‪ 1‬ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ‪ 7-1 :17‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 6 :11‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻼﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 6‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻻ ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺼﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﻨﻮﺥ ﻭﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻮﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻴﺨﺘﺒﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ )ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪ .(27 :9‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻼﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﺒﻪ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ً‬
‫ﺟﻴﻼ‬
‫ُﺨﺘﻄﻒ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪.‬‬‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻴ َ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻲ )ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ .(7-1 :17‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻼﺧﻲ ‪23 :3‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ )ﺃﻭ ‪ ،5 :4‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ /‬ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﻚ( ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫»ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻲء ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻫﻴﺐ‪ «.‬ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﻗﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺗ ﱠﻤ َﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻤﺜﱠﻠﺔ‬
‫)ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪ُ .(7 :1‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻤُﻤﺜﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺈﻳﻠﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺨﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺰ ٌء ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻ ْﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ِ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻗﺘﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﺍً ﻋﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﻳﺬﺍﺋﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻳﺬﺍءﻫﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻬﻠﻚ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ًﺓ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(5‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻜﻤﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺤﻔﻈﻨﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ِ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﺒﻮﻟﺲ‪» :‬ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ«‬
‫ُﻜﻤﻼ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻬﺎﺟﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬‫)‪ 2‬ﺛﻴﻤﻮﺛﺎﻭﺱ ‪ .(7 :4‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻐﻠﺒﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻳﻘﺘﻠﻬﻤﺎ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(7 :11‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪197‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .11‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻷﻋــﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 10-8‬ﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﺗُ ِ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻄﺮﻭﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺩﻓﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻣﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻲ »ﺳﺪﻭﻡ« ﻭ«ﻣﺼﺮ‪ «.‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺳﺪﻭﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻓﺘﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻀﺢ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳُﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪» :8‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺑﺎً‪«.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣُﺨﻄﺌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻔﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﻤﺎ ) ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 12‬ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺎ ‪.(1 :4‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻧﺒﺄ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺗُ ِ‬
‫ﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﺟﺴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻝ ﺫﺭﻭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴُﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺃﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺋﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺴﺒﱢﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻴﺮ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺗﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ً‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪» :‬ﺍﺻﻌﺪﺍ‬
‫ُﻨﻘﻼﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ‬ ‫(‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍﺬ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍء ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(12‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻱ ﻭﻳﺪﻣﱢﺮ ُﻋﺸﺮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻮﻥ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺅﻫﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻬﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺯﻟﺰﺍﻝ ٌ‬
‫ُﻮﺷﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(13‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﻴﺮﺗﻌﺒﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(14‬‬

‫ﺻ ْﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻚ ﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪ِ ،‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫ﺷﻌﺐ ﻭﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻟﻐﺔ ﻭﺃﻣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﺟﺜﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺭﺑﻄﻨﺎ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻧﺎﺟﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻧﺎﺟﺤﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪.10‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪) 11‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﻞ ‪ .1‬ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬ ‫)ﺃ( ﻳ َ‬ ‫‪......‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧُﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﺘﺼﻔﺎﻥ ‪ .3‬ﺃﺧﻨﻮﺥ‬ ‫‪......‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺗﺆﻫﻠﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻣﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪......‬‬
‫ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺩ ( ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ »ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﺍ ﻣﺮ ًﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ« )ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪.(27 :9‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﻫـ ( ﻣﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺪ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ »ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻲء ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻫﻴﺐ« )ﻣﻼﺧﻲ ‪.(23 :3‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪198‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .5‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪19-15 :11‬‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺠ ﱠﺪﺩ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺎً ﻟﻠﺒﻮﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻨ َﻔﺦ ﻣﻌﻠِﻨﺎً ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ )‪ .(7 :10‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺻﻮﺭ ًﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻛﺘﻤﻠﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠ ٍﺔ ﻣﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳُﻨ َﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ »ﻭﻳﻞ« ﻳﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻃﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺎً‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻔﺮﺡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺷﻴﺨﺎً‬‫ً‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺰﻋﻪ‬
‫ُﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻻﺭﺗﻘﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺜﺒﱢﺖ ﻣﻠﻜﻪ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤ ِ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺳﺘﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(18‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﻮﺗﻮﺑﻴﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺟﻬ ٍﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻲء ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺳﻜﺐ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(18‬ﻓﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺒﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫(‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺮﻯ ﻫﻨﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻛﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(18‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﺳﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ً‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴُﻜﺎﻓﺄﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﺎ ﻹﻫﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻬﻠﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻧﻔﺘﺢ ﻓﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪((19‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺗﺎﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺤﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺄﺗﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ُﻮﺻﻞ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﻴ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻭﻳﻨﺒﺊ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻗﺘﺎً ﺭﺍﺋﻌﺎً ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺳﻨﺮﺍﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫)‪ 1‬ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ .(2 :3‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻻﺯﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .11‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪17-13 ،14 :12‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﻤﺘﺤﻦ‬
 ‫‪199‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .11‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 6-1‬ﻭ‪ ،17-13‬ﺗﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ »ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ« )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ (12-7‬ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺿــﺢ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 12‬ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪16-13 ،6-1 :12‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﻭﲠﺎ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺪ ﱢﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻋﺠﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(1‬ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻏﺎﻣﻀﺔ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻛﻮﻛﺒﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺷﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﺣﻤﺮ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻉ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻤﺨﺾ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳُﻮﻟَﺪ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .(4-22‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃُ ِﺧﺬ ﻓﻮﺭﺍً ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﻨﺎء‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﺠﺄٍ ﺃﻣﻴﻦ ﺃﻋﺪﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻭﻣﺌﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺎً‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﺴﺎ ٌء ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﻳﺰﺍﺑﻴﻞ )‪ ،(20 :2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻛﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺿﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺮﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ )‪،(18-15 ،7-1 :17‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ )‪ ،(7 :19‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﻀﻤﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻴﺮ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 12‬ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪ ،9 :37‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺬﻛﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎً ﻛﺎﻣﺮﺃ ٍﺓ ﻣﺘﺰﻭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻬﻮﻩ )ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪:54‬‬ ‫ﺗُ َ‬
‫‪1‬؛ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪14-1 :3‬؛ ﻫﻮﺷﻊ ‪ .(23-14 :2‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻛﺎﻣﺮﺃ ٍﺓ ﻣﺘﺰﻭﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ )‪ 2‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪ ،(2 :11‬ﻭﻻ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺄﻣﺔ ﺗﻮﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺗﺘﻤﺨﺾ )ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪17 :26‬؛ ‪7 :66‬؛ ﻣﻴﺨﺎ ‪10 :4‬؛ ‪:5‬‬
‫‪ .(3‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ )ﻣﺮﻗﺲ ‪.(8 :13‬‬

‫ﻧﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ‪.‬‬‫ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 6‬ﻭ‪ 14‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻬﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.(12‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺘﻬﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻﺣﻈﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﺨﺮﻕ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻪ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘُﺠ َﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣُﻌ ﱟﺪ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻠﺠﺄ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﺍء‪ «.‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﺍء ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ »ﺳﺎﻟﻊ‪ «،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﺓ« )‪ 2‬ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ‪7 :14‬؛ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪ .(1 :16‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 41 :11‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺘﻨﺠﻮ ﺃﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺠﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﺪﺓ ٍ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪200‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻮﺁﺏ ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰ ٍء‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻫﻮﺷﻊ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮﺍء ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺎ َﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ )ﻫﻮﺷﻊ ‪.(14 :2‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺘﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﺍء ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮﺍء ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺟﺰءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﻣﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 300‬ﻕ ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣ ﱠﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﺎﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮﺍء‪ ،‬ﺃُﻃﻠِﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﺍء‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﺍء‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﺩﺍﺑﺔ ﻟﻴﻌﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﺮﺍً ﺿﻴﻘﺎً ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻖ‪ «،‬ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﺍء‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺰﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺤﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﻭﺑﻴﻮﺕ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﻮﻣﺘﺮﺍً ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎً‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﺴﻜﻦ ُﺣ ِﻔﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﻮﺍء ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﺍء‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ »ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎً ﻣُﻌ ﱠﺪﺍً‪«.‬‬

‫ُﻜﺸﻒ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺮﻭﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 14‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻻ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻨﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻮﻧﺔ ﺇﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﺪ ًﺓ ً‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻷﻟﻒ ﻭﻣﺌﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﺪ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﻌﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺎً )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،(6‬ﺃﻭ »ﺯﻣﻨﺎ ﻭﺯﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺯﻣﻦ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪) .(14‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﺍً ﺃﻭ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻭﻣﺌﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻣﺎً ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪(.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﺮﺍء‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃ ُﺓ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻼ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺎً‬
‫ً‬ ‫‪ .12‬ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻛﻮﻛﺒﺎً ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺜﱟﻞ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻋﺮﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﺻﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﺘﻬﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺗُﺤ َﻔﻆ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .7‬ﻧﺎﻗﺶ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪6-5 :12‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻃﻔﻼ ﺫﻛﺮﺍً ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺎً ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺑﻌﺼﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 12‬ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﺪ ً‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﺭﺍء ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻠﺪ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﺍً‬‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 7‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻭﻥ ً‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 5-1 :14‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﺭﺍء ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪201‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .11‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﻓﻮﻟﺪﺕ ﺫﻛﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺼﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(5‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭ ًﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻣﻮﺭ ‪ 2‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺒﺊ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡ ﺳﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺛﺎً ﻭﻣﻠﻜﺎً ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺤﻜﻤﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﺼﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ )ﻣﺰﻣﻮﺭ ‪ .(9-6 :2‬ﻭﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻻﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺻﻌﻮﺩﻩ‪ُ .‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ُﻭﻟِﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻣُﻨﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺸﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻄﻞ ﺧﻄﻂ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺻﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﺢ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺗُ ﱢﻮﺟﺖ ﺑﺼﻌﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪﻩ )ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻲ ‪ .(11-5 :2‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﺸﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣ ﱠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻫﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﻧﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻨﻈﺮ ٍﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻮﺟﻪ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﻭﻏﻴﻈﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .14‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﻃﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ُﻭﻟِﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻗﺶ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺿــﺢ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .8‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪17 :12‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .17‬ﻓﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺘﻪ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﻌﻰ ﻹﻫﻼﻙ »ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﺴﻠﻬﺎ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(17‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ّﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻳﻜﺮﻩ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﻫﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ )‪ 70-66‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺳﺘﻬﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ُﻮﺻﻔﻮﻥ‬‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﺍء ﻟﻼﻟﺘﺠﺎء ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ »ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ «،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺨﺘﺒﺌﻮﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ُﻣ َﻌ ﱟﺪ ﻟﻬﺎ )ﻣﺘﻰ ‪16 :24‬‬

‫‪(16‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺳﺘﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻬﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻨﺎء ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺮﻭﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺘﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪ «.‬ﺳﻴﻬﺎﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻌﻴﺎً ﻣﻨﻪ ﻹﻫﻼﻛﻬﻢ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪.‬‬

‫‪ .15‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺘﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ُﻮﺟﻪ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫)ﺝ( ﻳ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .16‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪202‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 7-6 :10‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻼ ﺇﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻃﺆ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﱡ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣُﺤ ﱠﺪﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻓﻮﺭﻱ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺒﺎﻃﺆ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫ﺼﺺ ﺟﺰ ٌء ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻣﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺼﺺ ﻟﺤﻔﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ُﺧ ﱢ‬ ‫ً‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺰءﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﺪ ُﺧ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻜﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺷﻬﺮﺍً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻬﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﱡ‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ًﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﺎﺑﻮﺕ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪،‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻳﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻳﻠﺘﺰﻡ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ُﻜﺎﻥ ُﻣ َﻌ ﱟﺪ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻬﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،12‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣ ٍ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ًﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ »ﺹ« ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ »ﺥ« ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .6 ......‬ﻟﻠﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 11‬ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺩﺍ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪203‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .11‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫‪ .7 ......‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﻼﻭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻢ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺨﺘﺒﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻨﺎء ﺍﷲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .8 ......‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ »ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ« ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 12‬ﻫﻢ ﻳﻬﻮﺩ ﺃﺗﻘﻴﺎء ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ ُﻤ َﻌﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻌﻮﺏ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻨﺒﺄ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ً‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ؟‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ؟‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﱠ‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،11-8‬ﺭﺍﺟﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍً ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻴﱢﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤُﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩ ّﻭﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺛ ﱠﻢ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻴﱢﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺧﻄﺄﺕ ﺑﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪204‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬

‫ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪،‬‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﻧﺎﺟﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑ ٍﺔ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫‪ .14‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﺟـ (‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺼﻴﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﻳﺤﺒﻂ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ِ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻧﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﻥ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﻞ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫ﺃ‬ ‫‪) .10‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﺩﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻣﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﻨﻮﺥ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫ﺃ‬ ‫)‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻻﺑﻦ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫ﺃ‬ ‫)‬
‫ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﻟﻤﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫ﺃ‬ ‫)‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.6‬‬ ‫ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫ﺃ‬ ‫)‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪-13 :1‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬ ‫‪ .15‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﻭﺻﻮﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺇﻋﻼﻧﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫﻤﻴ ٍﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ٍﺓ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻭﻗﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺯ(‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺿﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ ) .15‬ﺃ ( ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪ .11‬ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺳﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺁﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻭﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻬﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻮﺡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻬﻤﺎ )ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻳﻼﺕ ﻭﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺼﺪﻫﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻛﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺘﻬﻤﺎ )ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫‪ ) .12‬ﺝ ( ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺧﻨﻮﺥ ﻭﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍء ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫‪ .16‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻞ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ُﻐﺴﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻡ ﻣُﺸﺘﱠﺘﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺃﻣﻨﺎء ﻭﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻬﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ُﻣ َﻌ ﱟﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻮﻧ ٍﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺮﻭﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗُﺼ ﱠﻮﺭ ﻭﺗُﺒﺚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺤﻔﻈﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﻗﻂ ﻟﺒﺚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻌﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺟﺎﻋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﱡ‬
‫‪205‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .11‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
 Ú»iaã€a ÒáÄyÏ€a

taáÄyc ‚bnÄÇ
Ò7ÄDza ‚bÄÌ˛a
 ‫‪pie‬‬ ‫•‬

‫•‬
‫‪12‬‬

‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪Í˙˝‡«Î@µ‰n€a‬‬
‫•‬ ‫‪pie‬‬

‫•‬
‫ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻜﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻣﻀﺔ ﻭﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺼﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺒﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺩﻭﺭﺍً‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻣﻀﺔ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،(3 :12‬ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 9 :12‬ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻌﻼﻣ ٍﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﺗُ ﱠ‬
‫»ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤُﺴﻤﻰ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ «.‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﺪﻭ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﺪﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﻋﺪﻭﻧﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺍ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻓﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻘﺼﺪ ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﻭﺇﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻼء ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻳﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻔﺬﻭﻥ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻴﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻣﱢﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﺭﻙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺠﻌُﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﻤﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺧﺼ ٌﻢ ﻗﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺯﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@äb†g‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻭﺣﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺘُﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻭﺭﻗﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﺮﺓ‬

‫‪ëäá€a@“aáÁc‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻋﻀﺎء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺗﺼﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺼﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪pbËÓÄuÏm‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺒﺴﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺼﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ..3‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﺟﻮﺑﺘﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻭﺃﺳﺮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﱡﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪210‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@›Óó–m‬‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻣﺰﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻧﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗُ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﲔ‬‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .1‬‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪4-3 :12‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎً ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ ﻳﺰﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺭ ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻟﻴﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 10‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻤﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴُﺮ َﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪ِ .‬‬
‫»ﺟﺮ ﺑﺬﻧﺒﻪ ﺛﻠﺚ ﻧﺠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﺃﻟﻘﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(4‬ﺃﻇﻨﻚ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،1‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 4‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭ ًﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﺃﻭ ﱡ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮ ٍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻓﻔﻘﺪﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ )ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ‪.(6‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 9 :12‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻳﻀﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﻋﺎﻟﻢ«‬
‫ﻫﻲ »ﻛﻮﺳﻤﻮﺱ« )‪ ،(cosmos‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ »‪ «،Cosmic‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻨﻲ »ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ‪ «.‬ﻳﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ ٍﺔ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻭﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪) 12‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪:12‬‬
‫‪ ،(1‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﻭﺭﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪12‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪13-1 :3‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌ ﹸﻀﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(9‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ ‪1 :4‬‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﺮﱢﺏ‬ ‫ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(9‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ‪11 :6‬‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ‪8 :5‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪1 :3‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﹸﺸﺘﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(9‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 :12‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ؟‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ِ .2‬ﺻ ْﻒ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﱵ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪12-7 :12‬؛ ‪18-7 :17‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼ ﱢﻮﺭ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 12-7 :12‬ﺻﺮﺍﻋﺎً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﺟﺪﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،10‬ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ »ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎء‪،‬‬
 ‫‪211‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .12‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﲔ ﻭﻋﻤﻼﺅﻩ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﻤﺮﺩﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ« )ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ‪ 2 :2‬ﺑﺄﻓﺴﺲ ‪.(16-10 :6‬‬

‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ‪ 12-6 :1‬ﻭ‪ 7-1 :2‬ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻮ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﺬ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻠﻘﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ )‪ .(9 :12‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄ ٍﺔ ﺣﺎﺳﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺳﻴﻔﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺤﺎﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﻴﺨﺎﺋﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻳﺘﻐﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ُ ،‬ﻭ ﱢﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﻴﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(12‬ﻓﺤﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻐﻀﺐ ﺷﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟ ٍﺔ ﺃﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻹﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ ﻳﻨﻔﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﻭﻭﺍﺿﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺩﻭﺭ »ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺘﻜﻲ«‬
‫ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻜﺎء ﻟﻤﻬﺎﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎء ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻌﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻧﺐ ﻭﺗﺄﻧﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ِ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﺘﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﻓﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ُﻏ ِﻔﺮﺕ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻓﺼﺎﻋﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ »ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎء« )ﺃﻓﺴﺲ ‪ .(22 :2‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﻫﻴﺐ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳُﻄﻠَﻖ‬ ‫ُﺤﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﻴ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﻳﻜﺒﺢ ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﱢ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻬﺎﺟﻢ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻜﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﻭﺑﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻬﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ »ﺑﺪﻡ َ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻤﻬﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﺮ ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻜﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ )ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻲ ‪ .(13 :2‬ﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﺤ ﱠﻮﻝ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻓﺸﻴﺌﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻨﺼﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﺍﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ )‪ 1‬ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪.(2 :3‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴّﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻬﺎﺟﻤﺔ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻓﺎﺷﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻮﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﺤﺔ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻ ْﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬‫ِ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .3‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪10-1 :13‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﺊ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬
‫»ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻭﺣﺸﺎً ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺎً ﻣﻦ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻪ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺪﻳﻒ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(1‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪212‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،12‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ‬
‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪» :‬ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﻣُﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺎً ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺎً« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(22‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪) 7‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﻢ »ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ«(‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .6‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 27-24 :9‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻬﺪﺍً ﻣﻊ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﺩ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﻒ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻩ‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ‪ 2‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ 12-1 :2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 15 :17‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻌﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺳﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺭﺟﻼ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻌﻠِﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎً ﻟﻴﺼﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻛﻴﻠَﻪ ﻭﻋﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ُ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﻗﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ (3 :12‬ﻭﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ (1 :13‬ﺭﻣﺰﺍً ﺻﻌﺒﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ‬
‫‪ 12‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ 13‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﻊ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺧﻄﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺸﻌﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ ،14-9 :17‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 10-9 :17‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪» :‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺳﻘﻄﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﺣ ٌﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎء ﺑﻌ ُﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﺟﺎء ﻻ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﺃﺗﺖ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺷﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.(10 :17‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺛﱠﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺝ ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 476‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎﺭﺳﺖ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺎً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻬﺪﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻜ ﱢﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﺘُﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪213‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .12‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﲔ ﻭﻋﻤﻼﺅﻩ‬

‫ﺩﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،7‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﻜ ﱠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺨﺮﻩ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺳﺘﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺮ َﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺳﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ .2‬ﱠ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 24 :7‬ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 12 :17‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﻫﻢ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﱡ‬

‫ﻛﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻄﻠَﻖ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻮﻙ‪ .‬ﺗﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ »ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(12 :17‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻀ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﻭﻋﻤﻴﻞ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺃ( ﻳ ﱠ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳُﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 15 :17‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺷﻌﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎً ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺎً‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻭ ( ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 3‬ﻭ‪ 12‬ﻭ‪ 14‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 13‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ٌ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺃﺳﺎً ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍً ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻟﺠﺮﺡ ﻣﻤﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺿ ّﺪ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻌﻮﺩ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﻰ‬
‫ُﻈﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﻫﺸﺔ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺒﺚ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻤﻴﺘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 3‬ﻭ‪ 4‬ﻳ ِ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﻋﺠﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﺸﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻓﻌﻬﻢ ﻷﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫»ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ؟ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺎﺭﺑﻪ؟« ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫»ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺳﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺶ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ُﺷﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺖ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،(12 :13‬ﻭﻳﺄﻣﺮﻫﻢ »ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﺻﻮﺭﺓً‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺮﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﺎﺵ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(14‬ﻭﺳﻮﺍء ﺃﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺕ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻣ ٍﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻀ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺕ ﻭﻧﻬﻮﺽ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ ٍﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺿ ّﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ٍ‬
‫ً‬
‫ُﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺘﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺳﻴ ِ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻗ ٍﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤُﻄﻠَﻖ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .8-5‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﺘﻌﺠﺮﻑ ﻭﻣﺘﻜﺒﱢﺮ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻭﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪214‬‬

‫ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ .(25-24 :7‬ﱢ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺳﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﻳﺜﺒﱢﺖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻩ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺣﻜﻤﺎً ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻻ ﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﺍً‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻧﺨﺪﻋﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻛﺎﺫﻳﺒﻪ ﻭﺿﻼﻟﻪ )‪ 2‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ .(12-9 :2‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﻩ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻤﻪ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(8‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪،7-5‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ »ﺃُﻋﻄﻲ‪ «.‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 9‬ﻭ‪ 10‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺒﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺳﺘﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﺪﺍء ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺭﺍء ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺶ ﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﺍً‪.‬‬

‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﻧﺸﺎﻃﺎﺗﻪ؟‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ِ .4‬ﺻـــﻒ ﺍﻟــﻮﺣــﺶ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪18-11 :13‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﺜـﺎﻧــﻲ ﺍﳌــﺬﻛــﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳـــﺎ ‪،،13‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺶ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ‪ .18-11 :13‬ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،(9 :12‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ )‪ .(4-2 :13‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻴ ﱠ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪13 :16‬؛ ‪20 :19‬؛ ‪ .(10 :20‬ﻭﻟﻨﻘﻢ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌ ٍﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻳﺸﺒﻪ َﺣ َﻤ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻛﺘﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻳﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﻳﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ )‪ ،(6 :5‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳُﺮ َﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ )‪.(9 :12‬‬
‫ﻳُﺮ َﻣﺰ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ َ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ َﺣ َﻤﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻛﺘﻨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪215‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .12‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﲔ ﻭﻋﻤﻼﺅﻩ‬

‫ﻟﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻮﺣﺪ ﺷﻌﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻋﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑـ »ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،13‬ﺻﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ )ﺿ ّﺪ‬
‫ﺍﷲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ )ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ )ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ(‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻳُﻤﺜﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻳ ِ‬
‫ُﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﺎ ًﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ُﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻋﻀﺎء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﻮﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻃﻮﻳﻼ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺳﻴ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺪﻭﻡ‬

‫ﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﱢ‬

‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .5‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺗﻪ‬

‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﻗﺼﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪15-12 :13‬‬

‫ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺠﻌﻞ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ُﺷﻔﻲ ﺟﺮﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺨﺪﻉ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﺸﺔ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻘﻮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .(15-13‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﻣﺰﻳﻔﺔ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﻭﻳﻨﺨﺮﻁ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻟﻴﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺸﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻤُﻄﻠَﻖ )‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ .(12-9 :2‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 15‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺼﻨﻊ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻀ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺠﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ٍﺔ ﺇﻋﺠﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻭﺗﺘﻨﻔﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍﺬ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﺘﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻮﺟﻪ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎ ٍﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺔ‬

‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء‬
‫ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ »ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ« ﺃﻭ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ :‬ﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(14‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻳﻨﻔﺦ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪15‬‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪29-26 :8‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪«.‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 14-13 :16‬ﺗﺪﻋﻰ »ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ‬ ‫ﻳ ﱠ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ «،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﺳﻴﺄﻣﺮ ﺭﻭﺣﺎ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺧﺎﺩﻋﺎً ﻣﻼﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻻءﻫﻢ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺶ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻋﺐ ﻛﺄﺩﺍ ٍﺓ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺠﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﻳﻌﺒﺪﻩ ﺳﻴُﻘ َﺘﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻔﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺐ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﺭﺁﻩ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﺍﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻹﻟﺤﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪216‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺶ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺭﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﺑﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻞ ﻭﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻮ ًﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻭﺭﻗﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .6‬ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻋــﻦ ﲰﺔ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪18-13 :16‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻗﻮ ًﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪18-16‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﻤﻬﻢ ﻟﻀ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﺳﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺒﻬﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻻء ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺳﺘﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺣ ٌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺰءﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ٍ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﺳﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﻳﺘﺠﻨﺒﻮﻥ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺣﺸﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ؟ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮﻓﻀﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﺘﻞ؟‬

‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻫﻮ ‪ ،666‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ‪ ،777‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﺍﷲ ﺍﻻﺑﻦ ﻭﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 666‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ )ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ )ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺭﻫﻴﺒﺔ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻣُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠِﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﱠ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ٍ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺱ ﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺩﻳﻜﺘﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺷﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﻇﻠﻢ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﻧﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺱ ﻭﻇﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺩﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ُﻜﺮﺱ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﷲ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﺍً‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻣ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻞ ﻭﻣﻈﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺆﻣﻦ‪،‬‬‫ﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ٍ‬
‫ُﺸﺮﻕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣ ِ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪ 1‬ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪.2 :3‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
 ‫‪217‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .12‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﲔ ﻭﻋﻤﻼﺅﻩ‬

‫‪ .10‬ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ً‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺳﺘﺠﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﻋﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻱ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳ ٍﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻘﺘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ُﺫ ِﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ) :‬ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ(‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺝ ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .7‬ﺗﻜﻠﱠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪18-17 :1‬‬
‫ﰲ ﳖﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً‪،‬‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺘﺒﱡﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺰﻳﱠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻟﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ُﺧﻠِﻖ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻌﺒﺪ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺯﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻫﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺒﱡﻠﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﻴﺮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴ ٍﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻜﺮ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺭﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺛﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺣﻴﻦ ُﺣ ِﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮﺍء )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(3‬‬

‫ﻭﺣﺶ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪((44‬‬ ‫ً‬

‫ﺭﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺯﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻻﺑﺴﺔ ﻭﻣﺰﻳﱠﻨﺔ ﺗﺠﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺒﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻠﻌﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﱢ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ٍ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳُﺮ َﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ( ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻜﻢ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﻴﻦ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺰﻳﱠﻔﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻀ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺿﻄﻬﺪﺕ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﺬﻧﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻔﻚ ﺩﻡ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﺒﺎﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺷﻌﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻨﺠﺢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﺗُﺼ ﱠﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻛﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﱡ‬‫ﻣﺘﺤﻜ ً‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺗﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(9‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻼﺣﻈﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪218‬‬

‫ً‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺟﺎﻋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻞ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ُ ،‬ﻭ ِﺟﺪﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻓﺾ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋ ٍﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺫﺭﻭﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺒﺬﺭ ﻋﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻳﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﺇﻋﺠﺎﺏ ﺷﻌﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺤﻘﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪» :15‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺃﻳ َﺘﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻭﻋﻨﻴﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺷﻌﻮﺏ ﻭﺃﺟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺃﻣﻢ ﻭﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ «.‬ﺛﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻔﻲ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻭﻳﺪﻣﱢﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(16‬ﻭﺑﻌ َﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺼﻴﺮ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻘﻮﺩ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺟﻤﺎﻫﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺿ ّﺪ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣُﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺪﻋﻢ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺳﻴﻄﺮ ًﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(18‬‬

‫‪ .11‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ُﺧﻠِﻖ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺣ ﱠﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﻏﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺰﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺎ‪ً.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﱢﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺋﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﱢﻤﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺰﻳﱠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺳﺘﻨﺠﺢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻭ ( ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺗﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺯ ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮﻻ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺡ ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺴﺘﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ .27-24 :9‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫‪ 24 :9‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ )ﺳﺒﻌﺎﺕ( ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪219‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .12‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﲔ ﻭﻋﻤﻼﺅﻩ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﺛﻢ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺇﺣﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻜﺮﻳﺲ ﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﺱ‬

‫ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﱠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺠﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺑﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 11‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻓﺴﺘﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺿــﺢ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .8‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺑــﻌــﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑــﻌــﲔ ﺃﻟﻔ ًﺎ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻫــﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪5-1 :14‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻔﺎﲥﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،،5-1 :14‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺻﻬﻴﻮﻥ ﺣﻴﻦ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 24 :9‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﻌ ُﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﻢ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺟﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.4-3 :7‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺗُﻌﺘ َﺒﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 1 :14‬ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4-3 :7‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﱢ‬
‫ﺟﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 5-1 :14‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻻ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺠﺒﻞ ﺻﻬﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻼﻭ ًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺁﺭﺍء ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻣﻀﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻫﻢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪..7‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻠﻮﻥ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺮﺙ ﺷﻌﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻨﻨﺎﻗﺸﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،20‬ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺙ ﺃﺑﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺛﺎً ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺎً )ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪ .(8 :17‬ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﻧّﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4 :9‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ »ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ‪ «.‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺿﻮء ﻣﺎ ﻟﺤﻈﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 7‬ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ ،12‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺻﻬﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻤﻔﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺮﻧﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻧﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﺪﺍء‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ .(3-2‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻧﻴﻤﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺪﻳﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻧﱢﻤﻮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻫﻢ »ﺍﻟﻤُﻔﺘﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ «.‬ﻭﻫﻢ »ﺑﺎﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﷲ َ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(44‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪220‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﺮﺑﻮﻧﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺳﺘﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ُﻜﺮﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻻ ﻳُﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻧﺴﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺎء« ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺰﻭﺟﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً )ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪ .(4 :13‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻧﻘﺎﻭﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺑﺮﻭﺡ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺯﻧﻰ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗُ َ‬

‫ﻭﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪ 6-1 :63‬ﻭﻣﻴﺨﺎ ‪ 13-12 :2‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﻧﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﺒﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺪﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮﺍء )‪ .(14 :12‬ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.24 :9‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ﻟﺮﺑﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳُﺼ ﱠﻮﺭ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺼﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﺺ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ »ﺑُﺼﺮﺓ« ﻫﻮ »ﺻﺨﺮﺓ«‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ »ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ «،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺼﻒ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﻣﻴﺨﺎ ﻭﺻﻔﺎً ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻳﺎ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻬﺰﻡ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺤ ﱠﺪﺩ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻴﺨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪:13-12 :2‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺳﻴﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻛﻐﻨﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻈﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻋﻲ )ﺗُﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﻳﺔ »ﺑﺼﺮﺓ«‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﻣﺮﻋﻰ«(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺸﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻴﺴﻴﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺳﻴﻌﺒﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﻭﻳﺨﺮﺟﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺳﻴﻌﺒﺮ ﻣﻠﻜﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮء ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﺍء ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﺻﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎً ﻻ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺮﻭﺣﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﺭﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺴﻠﻂ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻜﺘﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻄﻠَﻖ ﻣﺼﻤﱢﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺷﻌﺒﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻭﻧﻠﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑُﺼﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﺍء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻷﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﻨﺸﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﻜ ﱢﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﻳﺎً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﻳﻤﺘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ )ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪ .(4 :14‬ﻭﺳﻴﻘﻮﺩ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻤﻸ ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ً‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 24 :9‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﻠﺖ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،12-11 :12‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺌﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ُﻤﺴﺢ ﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﺱ‪.‬‬‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻣﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴ َ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻃﻮﻳﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪221‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .12‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﲔ ﻭﻋﻤﻼﺅﻩ‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬ ‫‪ِ .12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﺃﻧﻘﻴﺎء ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺎً‪ .1 ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻔﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺳﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ‪ .2 ،‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺏ ( ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ‪ .4‬ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﺮﺛﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺝ ( ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﻮﻥ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻣﺤﻤﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .9‬ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪13-6 :14‬‬
‫‪.13-6 :14‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 11-6‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗُﻌﻠِﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،،13‬ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻳُﻌﻠِﻦ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎً ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻓﺼﺎﻋﺪﺍً‪ .‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﺰﻳﱠﻔﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳُﻌ َﺒﺪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳُﻌ َﺒﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﺰﻳﱠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺮﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻌ َﺒﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(88‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳُﻌ َﺒﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺤﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.(11-9‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(13‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﺮ ﺻﺮﺧﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍء ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،11-9 :6‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ُﻗ ِﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﻷﺟﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﺿﻄﻬﺪﺕ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴ َﺒﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ .(8 :14‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺮﺟﻌﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮﺣﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 11-9 :14‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻭﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍً ﻭﺍﻋﻴﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻء ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﺳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺣﺪﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻌﺮﺿﻬﻢ ﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﺤﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺔ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻳﻨﺘﺤﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 10‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻗﺲ ‪ .48-42 :9‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺃُﻋﺪ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪222‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻬﻴﱠﺄﺓ ﻹﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻭﺃﻋﻮﺍﻧﻪ« )ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ .(41 :25‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻓﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﺮﺍءﺗﻨﺎ ﻟﻌﻘﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎً ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍً ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﺤﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻓﺼﺎﻋﺪﺍً ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﻌﺪﺍء‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮ ﺭﻓﻀﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﺘﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﷲ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺈﻋﻄﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺗﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴ َ‬
‫ُﻜﺎﻓﺄﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(13‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ُﻜﺎﻓﺄﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺮﺍﻩ ﻭﺟﻬﺎً ﻟﻮﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ ﺳﻴ َ‬

‫‪ .13‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،13-6 :14‬ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺧﻮﻑ ﺍﷲ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪(7-6‬؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(8‬؟‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺈﻋﻼﻥ ٍ‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻻء ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﻣﻪ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪(11-9‬؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﺼﺎﻋﺪﺍً‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(13‬؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺿــﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .10‬‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪20-14 :14‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﳊﺼﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺼﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪::14‬‬
‫‪.20-14‬‬
‫ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﺼﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺼﺎ ٌﺩ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺩ ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﻩ )ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪(35 :4‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺼﺎ ٍﺩ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ً‬

‫ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 16-14‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺼﺎ ٍﺩ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻴُﻘ َﺘﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺒﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻩ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺗﺄﺛﺮﺍً ﺑﺴﻠﻄﺘﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻄﺮﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺠﺎﺯﻓﻮﻥ ﺑﺤﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻘﺬﻭﺍ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻤﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 20-17‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺣﺼﺎﺩﺍً ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻮﺻﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 19‬ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ »ﻣﻌﺼﺮﺓ ﻏﻀﺐ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُ َ‬
‫‪223‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .12‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﲔ ﻭﻋﻤﻼﺅﻩ‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ «.‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻴﻘﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﺍً ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ »ﻏﻀﺐ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺇﻟﻬﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺱ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻇﻬﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺤﻘﻖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﺼﻮﺍ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.(22 :17‬‬ ‫ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻋﻴﱠﻦ ﻳﻮﻣﺎً‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍﺬ ﺳﻴُﻌﻠَﻦ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ! ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﺳﻴﺠﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍ ٍﺩ ﻳﺨﺘﺮﻕ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ ﻣﺠﺪﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﻢ »ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ« ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ »ﺟﺒﻞ ﻣﺠﺪﻭ‪«.‬‬

‫‪ .14‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺼﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺼﺎ ٍﺩ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻋﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺐ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ َﺣﻤّﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪224‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳ ﱠ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺘﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﺷﺮﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،1 :13‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‪:‬‬‫ﻳ ﱠ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺛﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻓﻲ ‪ 2‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪.12-1 :2‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪ ) :‬ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ(‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺝ(‪.‬‬
‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،13‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻳ ﱠ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺨﺪﻉ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﺭﺍء ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺳﻠﻄﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺗﺠﺴﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺳﻴﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺑﺪﻫﺸﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺠﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺑﺨﻮﻑ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺛﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻻء‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ) :‬ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ(‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺝ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮﻭﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ ،13‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺪﻫﺶ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 13‬ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬‫) ﺝ ( ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ٍ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪225‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .12‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﲔ ﻭﻋﻤﻼﺅﻩ‬

‫ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺍﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 13‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺳﻴﻔﺮﺽ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻜﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻃﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻻء ﺍﻹﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ُ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺳﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺬﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺰﻱ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ُﺫ ِﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ) :‬ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ(‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻣﺎ ُﺫ ِﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻀ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺄﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺩﻗ ٍﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺸ ً‬
‫ﻄﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟ ٍﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ) ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﺒﺎﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﺓ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﺓ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﻜﻤﺎﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻜﺒﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﺘﻌﺠﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﺰﻧﺎﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .12‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 18-15 :17‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺑُﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻀﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺃﻥ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺪﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻃﻮﻳﻼ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺪﻭﻡ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺃﻥ ﺯﻧﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﻀ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺼﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺸﻞ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ) ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺳﻴﻨﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻓﺎً ﻭﺗﻜﺮﻳﻤﺎً ﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺳﺘُﺪ ﱠﻭﻥ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺅﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺠﻼﺕ ﺃﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺳﻴﻨﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻌﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻓﺄ ًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺂﺕ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪226‬‬

‫‪ .14‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 14‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺣﺼﺎﺩ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺣﺼﺎﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺣﺼﺎﺩ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺣﺼﺎﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .15‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴُﻌﻠَﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻭﻓﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻹﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﺛﺮ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺇﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺭﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪227‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .12‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﲔ ﻭﻋﻤﻼﺅﻩ‬

‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬

‫ﻷﻥ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺘﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ) .13‬ﺃ (‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺸﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺣﻴﻦ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺳﻴﻘﻊ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻄﻮﻥ ﻭﻻءﻫﻢ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬ ‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺫﻳﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻳ ﱠ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻌﺎﻗﺒﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺶ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﺛﻠﺚ ﻧﺠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻻء ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺿ ّﺪ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮﺗﺎﺣﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻭﻳُﻜﺎﻓﺄﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺿ ّﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺿ ّﺪ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‪) .‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺿ ّﺪ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺘﺪﻓﻊ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻼﻟﺘﺠﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ) .10‬ﻫـ ( ) ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺝ ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫‪ ) .14‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬ ‫ﺳﻴ َ‬
‫ُﻬﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺨﺎﺋﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬ ‫ُﻄﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺳﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺤ َﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻛﺘﻨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻴﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ َ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪ ) .11‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻠﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺯ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺡ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬ ‫‪ ) .12‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻬﻢ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻫﻢ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﻢ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺘﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻫﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺇﻋﺠﺎﺑﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺆﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺩﻋﺎءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻫﺬﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
 ‫‪@Ò7ÄDza@taáÄy˛a‬‬ ‫‪pie‬‬ ‫•‬

‫•‬
‫‪13‬‬

‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪pie‬‬
‫¿@‪Ú‘Óõ€a‬‬
‫‪Ú‡Óƒ»€a‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪pie‬‬

‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻔﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺘﻤﻌﱡﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮء‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﻨﺎء‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺷﺪ ﻭﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﺡ ﻣﻬﻴﱠﺄً ﻟﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﻄﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺛﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ (34 :2‬ﻗﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻮﻣ ٍﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺼ ﱢﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻬﻴﱢﺊ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺮﺍﺯﺓ‪،‬‬
‫َ‬
‫»ﺃﺣﺴﻨﺖ! ﺍﺩﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻴﻘﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻙ‪«.‬‬
‫‪ëäá€a@äb†g‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﺴﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻜﺐ ﻛﺆﻭﺱ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﺘﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺎء ﻋﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺭﺏ‬

‫‪ëäá€a@“aáÁc‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﺜﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺩﺓ ٍ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪pbËÓuÏm‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄ ﱡﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺠﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺟﻮﺑﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪230‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﺴﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪ 12‬ﻭ‪ 13‬ﻭ‪ ،14‬ﻳﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﺴﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ .15‬ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺳﺒﻊ ﻛﺆﻭﺱ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﻜﺒﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳُﺴﻜﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﺳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ِ 1‬ﺻﻒ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪8-1 :15‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺃﳘﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ‬ ‫ً‬

‫ﻋﺠﻴﺒﺔ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(1‬ﱠ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺭﺍﺋﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ً‬
‫ﺁﻳﺔ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ »ﺛﻢ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺁﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﺧﺮﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ‪ ،13-1 :12‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻟﺒﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻴﻨﺎً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺃﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪«،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ »ﺳﺒﻌﺔ« ﻣﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ! ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﱟ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﻧﻔﺦ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﻳﻤﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﻷﻥ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻫﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ »ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ «.‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ »ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ «،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺒﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺩﻫﺸﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻢ ﱠ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﻖ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻘﻴﺜﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻔﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻤﺴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺍﺳﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺰﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﻘﺘﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﻘﻔﻮﻥ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻐﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﺢ ﺑﻨﻮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺮ‬
‫)ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ‪ ،(15‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻐﺾ ﻭﻋﺪﻭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮﻧﻤﻮﻥ ﺗﺮﻧﻴﻤﺔ ﺧﻼﺹ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 3‬ﻭ‪ 4‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻔﺮﺣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﺠﺪ ﺍﺳﻤﻚ؟« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(4‬‬

‫ﺭﺏ؟ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺎﻓﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﱡ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺨﺎﻓﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪،‬‬‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻻ ﱢ‬
‫‪(7 :14‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺨﺎﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪10‬‬
‫‪ 7 :10‬؛ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪14‬‬
‫‪231‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .13‬ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﷲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﺄﻟﻮﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻧﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪» :‬ﻗﺪﻭﺱ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﻙ‪ :‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺳﺘﺠﻲء ﻭﺗﺴﺠﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻳﻚ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .4 :15‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻣﺰﻣﻮﺭ ‪9-8 :2‬؛ ‪10-1 :24‬؛ ‪4-1 :66‬؛ ‪11-8 :72‬؛‬
‫‪23-18 :66‬؛ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪14 :7‬؛ ﺻﻔﻨﻴﺎ ‪11 :22‬؛ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪(99 :14‬‬
‫‪9 :86‬؛ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪17 :2‬؛ ‪7-66 :9‬؛ ‪66‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺳﻴﺨﻠﺼﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﺸﻤﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻋﻀﺎء‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺆﻻء ﺳﻴﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﱢ‬

‫ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺧﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ .(6-5‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﻓﻀﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺳﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ٌ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻤﺤﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ٌ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﻧﺘﻪ ﻟﻸﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻏﻔﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻫﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻮءﺓ ﺑﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗُ َ‬
‫ﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.8 :5‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪.(8-77‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 8 :5‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻮءﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﺠﻲء ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 7‬ﺍﷲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ »ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺑﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻮﺭ« ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﻄﻞ ﻻ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﺃُﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻛﺆﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺘﻸ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺑﻤﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺼﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻤﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ َﻤﻘﺪﺱ ُ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻇﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 1 :15‬ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺗﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻫﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺘﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺃﻗﻞ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ُﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫)ﺝ( ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﺒﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺩ ( ﺗﺘﺒﻊ‬

‫ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪232‬‬

‫ﺳﻜﺐ ﻛﺆﻭﺱ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ .2‬ﻣــﺎ ﺍﻟــــﺬﻱ ﲤ ّﺜﻠﻪ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 21-1 :16‬؛ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ‪12-7‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺖ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﻭﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻧﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ٍ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺘﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻏﻀﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺘﺄﺛﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻨﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﺳﺘﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻼﺣﻆ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻧﻨﺼﺤﻚ ﺑﻘﺮﺍءﺗﻚ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ‪ 12-7‬ﻟﺘﺮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (1 :13‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻘﺪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﺘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬

‫ﻗﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﺆﳌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭﻧﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺳﻤﺔ‬ ‫)‪(7 :8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ )‪(2 :16‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻲﺀ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ‬
‫ﹴ‬ ‫ﺳﻘﻮﻁ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ )‪(3 :16‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺒﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ )‪(8 :8‬‬
‫ﲢ ﱡﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻨﺎﺑﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﹴ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﺣﺼﺎﻧﺎ ﹰ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻡ )‪(4 :16‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮ‬
‫)‪(11-10 :8‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺇﻇﻼﻡ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ )‪ (12 :8‬ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ )‪(8 :16‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﳑﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺬﻳﺐ ﺟﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺌﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ )‪(10 :16‬‬ ‫ﻟﻸﺷﺮﺍﺭ )‪(5-1 :9‬‬
‫ﺟﻔﺎﻑ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﺘﻞ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻮﻙ‬
‫ﹴ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﹴ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ )‪(12 :16‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﻨﻤﻴﲔ )‪(19-15 :9‬‬
‫ﺻﺮﺧﺔ ﺍﷲ » ﹸﻗﻀﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﺈﻫﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ!« ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋ ﹰﺔ ﺑﺄﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﺍﻝ )‪(18-17 :16‬‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺯﻟﺰﺍﻝ ﻭﺑﹶﺮﹶﺩﹴ‬
‫)‪(19-15 :11‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﺣﺼﺎﻧﺎ ﹰ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻗﻮﺳﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﻬﻢ )‪(2 :6‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﺣﺼﺎﻧﺎ ﹰ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ ﻳﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ )‪(4 :6‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ‪‬ﺎﻋﺔ )‪(5 :6‬‬
‫ﲡﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫)ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ( )‪(8 :6‬‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﲢﺖ ﺍﳌﺬﺑﺢ )‪(9 :6‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻄﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﺰﺣﺰﺡ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﺭ ﻭﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻨﻬﺎ )‪(14-12 :6‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻧﺎﺭﹴ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺯﻟﺰﺍﻝ‬
‫)‪(5-8 :1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 :13‬‬
‫‪233‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .13‬ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻤﻊ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ »ﺻﻮﺗﺎً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻳﺼﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪’ :‬ﺍﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﻜﺒﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﺆﻭﺱ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ‪) «،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(1‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﻤﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃ ِ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﺴﻜﺐ ﻛﺄﺳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﺳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(2‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﺳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺜﻮﺭ ﻣﺆﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺨﺼﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺴﺒﱢﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ٍ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻠِﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻻءﻫﻢ ﺇﻣﺎ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﺍً‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪) .‬ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ]ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ‪(.[11-9 :9‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(3‬ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ُﺳ ِﻜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺄﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺮ )ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ‪ (21-20 :7‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،(9-8 :8‬ﺗﺤ ﱠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺣﻴﺎ ٍﺓ ﺑﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﺳﺘﻤﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘُ َ‬
‫ﻔﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻷﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍء ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﻔﻨﺎً ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻌﺎﻗ ٍﺐ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺄﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻭﺗﺤ ﱡﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻡ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(4‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﺯﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ُ‬‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤ ِﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺒﺔ ﻓﺴﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺄﺯﻣ ٍﺔ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻛﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺪ ﱢﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 5‬ﻭ‪ 6‬ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻟﻄﺨﻮﺍ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺑﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍء‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻌﻄﻮﺍ ﺩﻣﺎً‬
‫ﻟﻴﺸﺮﺑﻮﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﷲ ﻋﺎﺩﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻔﺮﻍ ﺍﻟﻜﺄﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﺗُ َ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺈﺣﺮﺍﻗﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ .(9-8‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺓ ﻗﺴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻓﻀﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺠﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎً ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻓﻀﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺠ ﱢﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻮﺍء ﺃﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺳﻴﻌﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺄﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻈﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ )ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ‪ .(23-21 :10‬ﻭﺳﻴﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ً‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﻠﻌﻨﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺁﻻﻣﻬﻢ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ .(11-10‬ﻻ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺃﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺂﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺳﺘﻀﻴﻒ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪» :12‬ﻭﺳﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻛﺄﺳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻒ ﻣﺎﺅﻩ‬
‫ُﻌﻘﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﺮﺍً ﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ‪ «.‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻋﻀﺎء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ‬
‫ﺁﺕ ً‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺤﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ُﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﻤﺤﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﷲ؟ ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ٍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﻭﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻴﺤﺎﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﺇﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﺠﻤﻌﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 19 :19‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ »ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ« ﺗﺠﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺮﺏ ﻣﻊ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪234‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﱠ‬

‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﺴﺎءﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺷﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺎﺭﺑﻪ؟« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(4 :13‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ ِ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﻬﺰﻡ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ!‬

‫ُﻔﺴﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 16-13‬ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺄﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺄﺱ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .12‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪:13‬‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻧﺠﺴﺔ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻔﺎﺩﻉ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﻢ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫»ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ‪) «.‬ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،13‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ‪ (.‬ﻭﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 14‬ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺛﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻣﻌﺎً‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺁﺧﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﺎﺭﻕ! ﻫﻨﻴﺌﺎً ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺴﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺨﺘﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 15‬ﺗﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﱢ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺤﺬﺭ ً‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪» :‬ﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﺮﺱ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﻤﺸﻲ ﻋﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎً ﻓﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻮﺭﺗﻪ‪ «.‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺒﻘﻮﺍ ﻣﺘﻴﻘﻈﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ‪» :‬ﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻥ« ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺷﻴﻜﻴﻦ )‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ .(3 :5‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻗﻀﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪،(17 :16‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ُﺳ ِﻜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺄﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪ُ :‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺮﺍً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﻴﻦ ُﺳ ِﻜﺒﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺄﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ )‪ ،(5 :8‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ )‪ .(19 :11‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺄﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺮﻭﻕ ﻭﺭﻋﻮﺩ ﻭﺯﻟﺰﺍﻝ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(18 :16‬ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻨﻘﺴﻤﺔ‬ ‫»ﺗُﺪﻋﻰ« ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(19‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫‪ .(20‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﺍً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﺗﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ُﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻔﺖ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪20‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﱠﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻏﺮﺍﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻴﻔﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(21‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺄﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺸﺘﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﻴﺘﻮﺑﻮﻥ َ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﺠ ﱢﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻱ ﱢ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ!‬

‫ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺩﻗ ٍﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺩﻋﻮ ًﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ؟‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﻕ ﻭﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ ( ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺑﺎﻥ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
 ‫‪235‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .13‬ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﻭﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﺮﺃﺱ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻣﺤﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱠ‬
‫ﺣﻄﻤﺘﻪ ﺣﺮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﺳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ؟‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻘﻮﺩ ﻧﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫ﺮﻋﺐ ﻧﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺗﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺨﺎﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺘُ ِ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻘﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻧﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬

‫ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳُﺮ َﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ )ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ( ﺍﻧﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺩﻣﱠﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫‪.18-16 :17‬‬

‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻨﺴﺐ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﻬﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻫﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﺤﻼﻝ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺿــــــﺢ ﺑــﺎﺑــﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟـــﻬـــﺪﻑ ‪ّ .3‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗــﺘــﺼــﺎﺩﻳــﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟــﺴــﻴــﺎﺳــﻴــﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪24-1 :18‬‬
‫ﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﻘﻮﻃﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺻ ْﻒ ﻣﺎ ُﻳ َ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ »ﺑﺎﺑﻞ« ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳُﺮ َﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ »ﺭﻭﻣﺎ‪ «،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻳُﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺅﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺴﺐ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻓﺘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺴﻜﻦ ً‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﱢ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻀﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪ 22-19 :13‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗُ َ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺃﻱ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﻮﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﻛﺴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ «.‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻼﻙ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻼﻙ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪1 :17‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻻﺣﻖ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺳﻴﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ٍ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﻴﺪ ﻭﻳُﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺎً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ُﻮﺻﻒ‬‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻳ َ‬
‫ُﻈﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻳَ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪236‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﺚ ﻧﻮﺭﺍً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤُﻈﻠِﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ً‬
‫ﻓﻌﻼ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺘﺼﻔﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ )ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ‪.(35-29 :34‬‬

‫ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪» :‬ﺳﻘﻄﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ!« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(2‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺠﻲء ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻣﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴﺔ( ﻗﺪ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺪﺛﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﻭﻳﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻣُﺴ َﺒﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻤﺜﱠﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﻌﻠﻦ »ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ« ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ﺩﻳﻜﺘﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﱢ‬

‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺳﻴﺠ ﱢﺪﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺮﺑﺎً ﻣﻊ ﺷﻌﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﻧﻪ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .(8-5‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺳﻴﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺘﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﱢﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺰﺟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺰﻳﱠﻔﺔ ﻣﻌﺎً‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ً‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﺇﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﺩﻋﺎﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻴﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(17-11 :13‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺤﻴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﺳﻤﺘﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺮﻓﻀﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻣﺴﻴﻄﺮﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﺳﻴُﻤ َﻨﻌﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻌﻘﺐ ﺇﻫﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻤﺘﺪ ﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍً ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ )ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ( ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﻠَﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪.18‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻪ ﻟﺒﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﻭﻻ ﺭﺟﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻪ! ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺮﺓ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﻠﺖ ﻭﺍﻧﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﱢﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻧﻤﺮﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺃﻧﺘﺞ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻱ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻘﺼﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺛﺮﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﺍﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪» :‬ﺍﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻌﺒﻲ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪،(4‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻟﻜﺔ ﻟﺌﻼ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃُﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ‪» :‬ﺍﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻄﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻌﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺠﻮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ!« )ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪ .(45 :51‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺟﺤﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﺖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺴﺎﻫﺎ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(5‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﱢﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃُ ِﻣﺮﺕ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﻝ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(6‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺟﺰﺍء‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺳﻔﻜﺖ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﻡ ﻗﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺷﻚ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺴﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪237‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .13‬ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫ ُﻗﻮﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺘﻌﺖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺠﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﱡﺮﺍً ﺟﺬﺭﻳﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(7‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ًء ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎً ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﺎً ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺌﺎً )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(8‬‬

‫ﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 9‬ﻭ‪ 10‬ﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻋﺎﺻﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻴﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺂﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﻤﻰ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻣﺼﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺌﺎً ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻨﻮﺣﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺒﻘﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻨﻮﺣﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﺎﺩﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﻭﺟﺒﺎﺭﺍً‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻻ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺴﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﺪﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﻘﺘﻞ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﻼﻛﻬﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍﺬ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺪﻳﺮﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﻠﺠﺄﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﺭﻓﻀﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﻭﻻﺋﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺶ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 19-11‬ﺻﻮﺭ ًﺓ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺗﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺛﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺰﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﻌﺎﻃﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻞ ﺑﺒﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻷﻥ ﻣﺼﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺛﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺛﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺰﻥ؟ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺰﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﺃ ﻳﻔﺴﺪ ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻬﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﻴﺮﺍً ﺃﺳﻮﺃ ﻳﺘﻌﻠّﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻄﻮﺍ ﻭﻳﺴﺮﻗﻮﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻓﻘﺪﻭﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍء‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ِ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ!‬

‫ُﺸﺠﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻳ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﻋﺪﻟﻪ ﻭﺑﺮﻩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(20‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ ،24-21‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺍً ﻟﺪﻣﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ‬
‫ﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﺻﺨﺮ ًﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻳﻠﻘﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء‬
‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻼﻙ ٌ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﺭ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺜﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ‪ :‬ﺻﻤﺖ ﻭﻇﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺘﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻤﻬﱠﺪﺍً ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺩﻣﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ 18‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻳﻈﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻀﺎﺋﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻀﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ُ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺗﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺪﻭﻋﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ »ﺭﻭﺣﻲ!« ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﻔﻈﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻃﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻟﻪ« )ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪(15 :12‬‬‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪» :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻬﻮﺍ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ 34-19 :6‬ﻭ‪ 1‬ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺛﺎﻭﺱ ‪ 11-3 :6‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﻄﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪» ،4 :18‬ﺍﺧﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺷﻌﺒﻲ‪ «،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻙ ِﺑﻘ َﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻜﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻋﺎﺻﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺳﻴﺒﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﺎﺻﻤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺭﻭﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪238‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﻣﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 18‬ﻫﻮ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺻﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﻟﻤﺼﻴﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺅﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺍً ﻋﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .10‬ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ً‬
‫ُﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻣﻼ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴﺎً‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻀﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻥ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮﻩ ﻟﺒﺎﺑﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 19‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﺮ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﻧﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻧﻴﻤﺔ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،18‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻬﻢ ﺑﺪﻣﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺻﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻓﺼﺎﻋﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻐﻴﱠﺮ ﻧﺒﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ 19‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﺪﻡ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﺘﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .4‬ﺃﺷــﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪5-1 :19‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻪﻠﻟ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺤﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﻬﺘﻒ‪:‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫»ﻫﻠﻠﻮﻳﺎ!« ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ‪ 19‬ﻋﻦ ِ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺨﺎً ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻓﺮ ٍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 5‬ﻳﺴﺒﱢﺢ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﺚ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺎﺋﻔﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﱢﺤﻮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﻨﺪﻫﺸﻮﻥ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻫﻠﻠﻮﻳﺎ« ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .1 :19‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻫﻠﻠﻮﻳﺎ« ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ »ﺳﺒﱢﺤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ!« ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ )ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 1‬ﻭ‪ 3‬ﻭ‪ 4‬ﻭ‪ ،(6‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ 6-1 :19‬ﻫﻲ ﺗﺮﻧﻴﻤﺔ »ﺍﻟﻬﻠﻠﻮﻳﺎ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﺴﺒﱠﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺨﺼﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻌﻴﺶ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌ ٍﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺨﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ُﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﺣﻖ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻤﱢﻢ ﻭﻋﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻓﺴﺪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻢ ﻟﺪﻡ ﻋﺒﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﺧﺪﺍﻣﻪ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(2‬‬
 ‫‪239‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .13‬ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺠﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،(5‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺨﺎﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪،13 :2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻣﻮﺭ ‪ 23-22 :22‬ﺗﻨﺒﺊ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﺩ ﺃﺧﻮﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 5 :19‬ﺗﺘﻤﻴﻤﺎً ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .12‬ﻋ ﱢﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪.‬‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 5-1 :19‬ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻓﺪﺍء ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪(.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺝ ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .5‬ﺻﻒ ﻋﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﺱ‬ ‫ﻋﺸﺎء ﻋﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿـــﺢ ﻣــﻐــﺰﻯ ﺛﻴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍ َﳊـ َـﻤــﻞ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪10-6 :19‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺻﻮﺗﺎً ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺻﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪6‬‬
‫ﺷﻼﻻﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺰﻳﻢ ﺭﻋ ٍﺪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﻫﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺆﺳﺲ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﻤﺰﻳ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻳُﻌﻠِﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻋﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺱ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺱ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ ًﺓ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﻜﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻴﺴﻜﻦ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﻭﻟﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﻋﺮﺱ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 7‬ﻫﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺱ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .99‬ﻭﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻟﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺱ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻃﻘﻮﺱ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪240‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺳﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬ ‫ً‬
‫»ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺒﺔ‪ «.‬ﻭﺇﻥ ُﻓ ِﺴﺨﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﻼﻕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ .(19-18 :1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻫﻞ ﻳﺘﻔﻘﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺳﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﺰﻭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳُﻄﻠَﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﻟﻴﺄﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺱ‪) .‬ﺗﻨﺴﺠﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ 36 :24‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻋﻮﺩﺗﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﺻﻼﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻵﺏ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻻﺑﻦ ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻟﻴﺄﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‬‫ﻣﻌﻪ‪ (.‬ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺸﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻭﻟﻴﻤﺔ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻮﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﻤﺔ ٌ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ 14-1 :22‬ﻭ‪ً 13-1 :25‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴﻞ )ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪.(11-1 :2‬‬

‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺱ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺱ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﻮﺽ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺿﻴﻮﻓﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺱ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﻜ ﱢﻮﻧﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺿﻴﻮﻑ ﻭﻟﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺱ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﺪﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(7‬ﻓﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎء ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺆﻛﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ً 3-2 :3‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪ 1 :7‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗُﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﺛﻮﺑﺎً ﻟﺘﺮﺗﺪﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﻫﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃُﻋﻄﻮﺍ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ .(12‬ﻭﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍء ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺒﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﺛﺒﺘﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪12 :14‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ﺑﺄﻥ »ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ «.‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ »ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ« ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺛﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﻣﻜ ﱠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺨﻠﺺ ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﻼﺻﻨﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺪﺙ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﻨﱢﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻳﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺸﺎء ﻋﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 20 :3‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻭﻟﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺱ ﺑﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺧﺎﺻﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻊ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺻ ّﺪﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﻠﻨﺎً‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﻊ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗُ ﱠ‬
‫ﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 10‬ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .14‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻭﺻﻔﺎً ﻟﻌﺸﺎء ﻋﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪241‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .13‬ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ .15‬ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ؟‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺛﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻘﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺛﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺛﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﺃﻧﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺠﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .6‬ﲢــﺪﺙ ﻋــﻦ ﺩﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺭﺏ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﶈﺎﺭﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪21-11 :19‬‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 21-11 :19‬ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺷﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺗُﺮﻯ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪4 :13‬؛ ‪4 :31‬؛ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ‪39-38‬؛ ﻳﻮﺋﻴﻞ ‪3‬؛ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪(14 :3‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪ 6-1 :63‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﺮﻯ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﻣُﻠﻄﺨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺋﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺪﻭﺱ ﻣﻌﺼﺮﺓ‬ ‫ُﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﺭﺑﺎً ﻻ ﻳ َ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻴﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺷﻮﺷﺔ ﺑﺪﻡ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺋﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍً ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺁﺗﻴﺎً‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺑﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ُﻠﻄﺨ ٍﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻡ ﻣﻬﻠﻜﺎً ﻛﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ‪.‬‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ‪ 2‬ﺗﺴﺎﻟﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ ،8-7 :1‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪» :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺘﻬﺒ ٍﺔ ﻟﻴﻨﺘﻘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺭ ِ‬‫ﺟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ٍ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ «.‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﻻ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻤﻞ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﺟﺎ ٍء ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪:10-9‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً ﻋﻦ ِ‬

‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻲء ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﻤﺠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﺴﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺃﺳﺪ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﻭﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﻭﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﺳﺘﻨﺤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺗﻚ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﻘﻢ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌ ٍﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺓ ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ُ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺠﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻼﻟﻪ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﺠﺄ ًﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻭﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺒﻘﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻴﺮﺍً ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻨﻮﺡ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺴﺒﺒﻪ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(7 :1‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺰﻥ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺣﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻴﻮﻟﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻷﻥ ﺭﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﺤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(11‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﺩ ٍﺓ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺭﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﺮﻛﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء ﻛﻌﻼﻣ ٍﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪242‬‬

‫ﺃﻟﻘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ »ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‪ «.‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺳﻴﻘﻀﻲ ﻭﻳﺤﺎﺭﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻣﻘﺘﻨﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻤﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﺒﻬﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(12‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ )ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻣﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺸﻲ ٍء ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻗﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺘ ﱠﻮ ٌﺝ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻭﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻤﻮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﺘﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﻮﺽ ﺳﻴﻜﺘﻨﻒ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﺑﺪﺍً‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬
‫ُﻠﻄﺨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺮﺍﻋﻪ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(13‬ﻭﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ‬
‫»ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ« ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﻤﻰ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ »ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ «،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺗﺠﺴﻴﺪ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻠﻚ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ُﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻳﺸﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺪﻳﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(14‬ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬‫ﻳ َ‬
‫‪ 14 :17‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻫﻢ »ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪ «.‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪:5 :14‬‬
‫»ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻬﻜﻢ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ «.‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳُﻘﺎﻝ ﺷﻲ ٌء ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻼﺣﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺨﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺳﻴﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 15‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺻﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ )ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪ .(11:4‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ )ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪ 3 :1‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪ .(2 :1‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ »ﺑﻌﺼﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ«‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺳﺘُ ﱠﻨﻔﺬ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ُ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺭ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻡ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﺼﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺼﺎ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﱢﻢ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎً‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺻﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺟﻤﻮﺩﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗُﺤ َﺘ َﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﻴﻦ‪» :‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻟﻘﺐ »ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﻭﻭﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺏ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ (16‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺗﻰ ﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 19-17‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃُﻋﻠِﻦ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.16-12 :16‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﺘُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻼﻡ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺸﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﺦ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺤﻼﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺻﺮﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺟﻴﻮﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺳﻴﺠﻌﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻴﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺘﺤﺪ ﺿﺪﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻋﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻃﻴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻟﻌﺸﺎء ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﻤﺔ ﻳُﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ‪ .39‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 18‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺤﻮﻡ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﺳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ!‬
‫)‪.(11-9 :14‬‬
‫‪243‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .13‬ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 19‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺻﺮﺍﻋﺎً‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺎً ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 21-20‬ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ‬
‫ُﻄﺮﺣﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺖ‬ ‫ُﺆﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﻳ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻧﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻴ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻬﺐ‪ .‬ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺠﺴﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺩﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺰﻳﱠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻳُﻌﺘ َﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﺗﺤﻔﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻳﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺒﻘﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳُﻌﻠِﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 21‬ﻫﻼﻙ ﺣﻠﻔﺎء ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﺟﻤﺎﻫﻴﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﺋﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﻘﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺆﻻء ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻌﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺨﺘﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻛﺌﻴﺐ‪ :‬ﺳﺘﻮﻟِﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺳﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺤﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .16‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 21-11 :19‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺭﺏ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪244‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ »ﺹ« ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ »ﺥ« ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1 ......‬ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻸﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﻷﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء‬ ‫‪.2 ......‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3 ......‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﺠﻤﻊ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻬﺪﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4 ......‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 17‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺰﻳﱠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﺮ َﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ 18‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﻷﻱ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5 ......‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ٌ‬‫‪ .6 ......‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺒﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ٌ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ‬
‫ُﻮﺻﻒ ﻋﺸﺎء ﻋﺮﺱ َ‬ ‫‪ .7 ......‬ﻳ َ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﺎﻓﺄﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺎﺯﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫‪ .8 ......‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺛﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻭﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﻳﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .9 ......‬ﻳﺼﻒ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﻠﱢﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .10 ......‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻮ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪245‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .13‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻪ‬

‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺘﻘﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬

‫ﱠ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬ ‫‪.7‬‬ ‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻋﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﺮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺳﻜﺐ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫‪ .16‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫‪ ) .1‬ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺭﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻳُﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪ ) .10‬ﺝ ( ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻀﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﻜﺐ ﻋﻘﺎﺑﺎً ﺑﺸﻌﺎً ﺭﻫﻴﺒﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﻟﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﺒﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ ) .2‬ﺝ ( ﺗﺘﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﺤﻜﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ ﺍﻟــﺨــﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺼﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ ) .8‬ﺃ ( ﻋﺎﺻﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪2‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ ،7‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻄ ﱠﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﺗﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺴﺎ ٍﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .12‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺷﺮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺨﺎً ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺷـ َ‬
‫ـﺮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺠﻌﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪ ) .13‬ﺩ ( ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ )ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ »ﺃ« ﻭ»ﺏ«‬
‫ﻭ»ﺝ«(‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺑﺎﻥ »ﺃ« ﻭ»ﺏ« ﻓﻘﻂ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫‪ .14‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺸﺎء ﻋﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﻑ ﻣُﻌﻠَﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻵﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎء‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﱠﺮﺕ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺑﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ُﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺰ ٌء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻳ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﻳﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) .6‬ﺏ ( ﻫﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) .15‬ﺝ ( ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺛﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪|Óèæa@Ÿ‹fl‬‬ ‫‪pie‬‬ ‫•‬

‫•‬
‫‪14‬‬

‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪pie‬‬
‫‪ÔÄÄ–Ä€˛a‬‬
‫‪@ÈÓ‹Ì@bflÎ‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪pie‬‬

‫•‬
‫ﺃﻭﺻﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ 13‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺆﻭﺱ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﺭﻛﺰﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﺒﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻜﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺸﺎء ﻋﺮﺱ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻨﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.22-20‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻣﱢﺮ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺣﻠﻔﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺼﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﺴﻜﻦ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻹﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺒﺄﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﻃﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺔ ﻋﺪﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .(10 :5‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺭﻭ ٍﺓ ﻧﻨﻬﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﺴﻔﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ!‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‬ ‫‪ëäá€a@äb†c‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎء ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﺭﺽ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺗﻤﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﺠﻲء ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ëäá€a@“aáÁc‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻭﻓﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺃُﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺔ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪pbËÓÄuÏm‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻭﻗ ّﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ..2‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ُﻛﺘﻴّﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘ ﱡﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ُﻛﺘﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘ ﱡﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪) .‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺐ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺰءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤ َﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺗﱠﺒﺖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎً‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪248‬‬

‫ﺍﻟ ُﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤ ُْﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻌﻘﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻨﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻜﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﻟﻜﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺳﻜﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻟﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺪﻳﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺗُ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .1‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻣــﺮ ًﺍ ﺭﻭﺣﻴ ًﺎ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪3-1 :20‬‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤ ًﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺳ ـﺎﺋــﺪ ًﺍ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍ ُﳌﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺧﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻟﻀﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﳚﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﱰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺨﺪﺪﻣﺖ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫)ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍُﺳﺘُﺨ ِ‬
‫‪ .(9 :12‬ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻼﻛﺎً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻧﺰﻝ ﻭﻗﺒﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻴﺪﻩ ﻷﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻛﺒﺢ ﺟﺬﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ٍ‬
‫ُﺤﺼﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ‪،‬‬‫ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳُﺤ ﱠﺪﺩ ﻭﻳ َ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻏﻴﺮ ٍ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ُﺠﺮﺏ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺘﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﱠﻢ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﺃﻣﺮﺍً ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪﺓ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺒﻘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺪﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻭﺗﻀﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ‬

‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺣﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ٍ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻻ ﻫﺪﻓﺎ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴُﻄﻠَﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤُﻀﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻋﺔ ﻛﻌﺎﺩﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺴﻮﺩ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻴُﺼ َﺒﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺎً؟‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .2‬ﺣـ ّـﺪﺩ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪6-4 :20‬‬ ‫ﺳــﻴــﻘــﻮﻣــﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟــﻘــﻴــﺎﻣــﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﱰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 4‬ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺻﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪(1 :‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء‪ (2 ،‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻗﺒﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃُﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺎً ُ‬‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗُ َ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺗﺘﻜ ﱠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 4‬ﻭ‪ ،5‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ‬
‫‪249‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .14‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫‪ .30-29 :22‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣُﻠﻚ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪10-9 :5‬؛ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪27 :7‬؛ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪ .(2 :6‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻨﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍء‪» :‬ﻓﻌﺎﺷﻮﺍ ﻭﻣﻠﻜﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ َ‬

‫ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨ ٍﺔ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(4‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﱠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻋﺎﺷﻮﺍ« ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻟﻠﻤُﻔﺴﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻼﺃﻟﻔﻴﻮﻥ )‪Amillenni-‬‬
‫‪ ،(alists‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ »ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ« ﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪،25 :11‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﻭﻣﻴﺔ ‪ ،9 :14‬ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،8 :2 ،8 :1‬ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.14 :13‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.5 :20‬‬

‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪:7‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ٍ‬‫‪ 17-9‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺼﺎﺩ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 16-14 :14‬ﻓﻬﻮ ٌ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣُﻘﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺤﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻻ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .5‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ً‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺳﺘﻌﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ُﻳﻘﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻴُﺆﺧﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(12-11 :11‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻝ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 6 :20‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ (14‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 4‬ﻭ‪ 5‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎً ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎً ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣ ٍﺔ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺿﻤﻨﺎً )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ .(29-28 :5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍء‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗُﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ُﻮﺻﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،12‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﻘﻒ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎء‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻬﻨﺊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 6‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪ ،27 :9‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ )ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﻴﺎء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ً‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 14‬ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ‪ ،28 :10‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻌﻘﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻭﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ(‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺗُ َ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻛﻬﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻛﻬﻨﺔ ﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺧﺘﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﻣُﻘﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ (8‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﺴﺎ ٌﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﺣﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻋﺎﺵ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﻩ ﻷﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻣﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬
‫ُﻤﺠﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻳﺰﻋﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪250‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴُﻘﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻟﻤﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺷﻬﺪﺍء ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺎﺭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺗﺒﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍً ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻷﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻵﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠّﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟ ُﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .3‬ﻋﺮﻑ ﺗﻌﺒﲑ »ﺍ ُﳌﻠﻚ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪،‬‬‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ« ّ‬
‫ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ« ) ‪ (millennium‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻱ »‪ «millennium‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﻴﻦ »‪) «mille‬ﺃﻟﻒ( ﻭ»‪) «annum‬ﺳﻨﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﺃﻟﻒ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍ ُﳌﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ« ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 2 :20‬ﻭ‪ 3‬ﻭ‪ 4‬ﻭ‪ 5‬ﻭ‪ 6‬ﻭ‪ .7‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ُﺣﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ ﻷﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺜﺒﺖ ﻣُﻠﻜﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﺍﻻ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﻓﻲ‬

‫ً‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟــﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪20‬‬
‫ﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗُ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﺩﺍً ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺭﺍء ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺁﺭﺍء ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳُﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫»ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ« ) ‪ (Premillenialism‬ﻭ »ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ« ) ‪ (Postmillennialism‬ﻭ»ﺍﻟﻼﺃﻟﻔﻴﺔ«‬
‫) ‪.(Amilleniallism‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ »ﺍﻟﻼﺃﻟﻔﻴﻮﻥ« ﺑﻤُﻠﻚ ﺃﻟﻔﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺭﻣﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺮﻯ »ﺍﻟﻼﺃﻟﻔﻴﻮﻥ« ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﺘﻌﺎ ِﻗﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ‪،‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺣﺠﺰﻩ ﻷﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ (3-1 :20‬ﻳُﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ »ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﻴﻦ« ﻓﻴﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺳﺘﻨﺘﺼﺮ ﻭﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣُﺴﺘﻌﺪﺍً ﻟﺮﺟﻮﻋﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﻌﺘﻨﻘﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺴﺮ »ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ «،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 19‬ﻻ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺯﺓ ﺑﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺼ ﱢﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ُﻜﺮﺯ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺳﺘُﻌﻠَﻦ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ )ﻣﺘﻰ ‪،(24 :14‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺫﻫﺒﻲ ﻳ َ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻘ ﱠﺪﻡ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻧﻬﻀﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ )‪ 2‬ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺛﺎﻭﺱ ‪.(5-1 :3‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫‪251‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .14‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ »ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﻴﻦ« ﻓﻴﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 20‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺳﻴﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﻭﺣﺠﺰ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣُﻠﻜﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺜﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ‬

‫ﺗﻔﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ »ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ« ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺴﻤﻰ »ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺮﻳﺔ« ﺃﻭ »ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮﻳﺔ« )‪dispensa-‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﱡ‬
‫‪ .(tionalism‬ﻳﺮﻯ »ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺮﻳﻮﻥ« ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﻮﻗﺮﺍﻃﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﻄﻰ ﻟﺪﺍﻭﺩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﺳﺘﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﺘﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺑﺎﺋﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻘﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ‪ .48-40‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺮﻳﻴﻦ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪6-4‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺛﻴﻮﻗﺮﺍﻃﻴﺎً ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻋﺎﺻﻤﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻲ )ﻣﺰﻣﻮﺭ ‪9 :46‬؛ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪4 :2‬؛ ‪7-6 :9‬؛ ﻣﻴﺨﺎ ‪.(4-3 :4‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻲ )ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪24-21 :65‬؛ ﻋﺎﻣﻮﺱ ‪15-13 :9‬؛ ﻣﻴﺨﺎ ‪4‬‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫‪.(5-4 :‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻲ )ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪5-3 :11‬؛ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪.(5 :23‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺏ )ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪9 :11‬؛ ﺣﺒﻘﻮﻕ ‪14 :2‬؛ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ‬
‫‪.(23-22 :8‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ )ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪2-1 :35‬؛ ﻋﺎﻣﻮﺱ ‪15-13 :9‬؛‬
‫ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ‪.(12-8 :36‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣُﻔﺘﺮﺳﺔ )ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪9-6 :11‬؛ ‪.(25 :65‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ )ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪.(26 :30‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﺳﻴﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣُﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ )ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪.(22-20 :65‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪.21-16 ،13-12 ،4 :8‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ‪ 48-40‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺻﻔﺎً ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ُﻔﺼ ً‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ َﻭ َﻋ َﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﻜﻦ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﻭﻋﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻱ »‪ «Millenium‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﻻﺗﻴﻨﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﻤﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪....................................................................................................‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪252‬‬

‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﱠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( ﺑﻮﺻﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‬ ‫‪ ) ......‬ﺃ ( ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣُﺴﺘﻌﺪﺍً ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺏ ( ﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ‪ .2‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻼﺃﻟﻔﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺝ ( ﻟﻦ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ) ......‬ﺩ ( ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 20‬ﻋﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣُﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎً ﺑﺘﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺠﺰﻩ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺑــﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻷﻟﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺳﻴﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮﺃﺳﻬﺎ »ﺛﻴﻮﻗﺮﺍﻃﻴﺔ‪«.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺮﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺳﺘُﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺳﻴﺴﻜﻦ ﺑﻨﻮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻹﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‬

‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 20‬ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺿﻠﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ .4‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪10-7 :20‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺒﺴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳُﻄﻠَﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺠﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﺮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻴﻘﺮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺪﻉ ﺃﻣﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺧﺪﺍﻋﻬﻢ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﺠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺨﻀﻊ ﻫﺆﻻء ﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻠﻨﻮﻥ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﺬﺭﺍً ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳُﻄﻠَﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﻴﺘﺒﻌﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺼﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﺍً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﻴﺘﺒﻌﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﺩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(8‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺤﻴﻄﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺮﺩﺓ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(9‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻬﻠِﻚ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
 ‫‪253‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .14‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(10‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻤﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻤﺢ‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺑﺈﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ؟ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﻟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 15 :19‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺑﻌﺼﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻤﺢ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻵﺩﻡ ﻭﺣﻮﺍء ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻌﻄﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻣُﺴ َﺒﻘﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻳﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺎ ﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻔﺸﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(9‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺛﻮﺭﺗﻬﻢ ٍ‬‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﺠﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﺳﺘﻬﻠﻜﻬﻢ ٌ‬

‫ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻹﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺠﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ؟‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫ﻭﺿـــﺢ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ّ .5‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪15-11 :20‬‬

‫ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء‪ .‬ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻬﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ٌ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﺠﺄ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻌﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻣﻮﺭ ‪ 139‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ٌ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻷﺣ ٍﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ )ﻣﺰﻣﻮﺭ ‪.(7 :139‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬

‫ﺳﻴﻘﻒ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻔﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﺤﻘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺳﻴ َ‬
‫ُﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺠﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺬﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺨﻄﺊ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء‬ ‫ٍ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪254‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺅﻫﻢ ﻣﺪ ّﻭﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻣﺤﻜﻮ ٌﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴُﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺸ ﱢﻮﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ‪ُ .‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﺨﻠﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ً‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻼ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ُﺠﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ )ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﻣﺜﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ(‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 13‬ﻭ‪ ،،14‬ﻳ ﱠ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮﺕ ﺑﻤﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .8-7 :6‬ﻫﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺘﻪ؟ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣُﺨﻠﱠﺼﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴُﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺃﻋﺪﺍء ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺰﻳﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃُﻗﻴﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎً ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻋﻘﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫ً‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻗﻀﺎء ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﺃﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺮﺍﺭﺍً‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 15-11 :20‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻳﺨﻠﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻬﻠﻚ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺇﻥ ﻫﻼﻙ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻫﺒﺔ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺽ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺒﺄ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺳﻤﺎ ٍء ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫)‪ (17 :65‬ﺗﺒﻘﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ )‪ .(22 :66‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﻱ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺪ ﱠﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﺮﻯ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻣُﺠ ﱠﺪﺩ ٍﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ )‪.(5 :22-1 :21‬‬

‫ﺳﻤﺎء ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﺭﺽ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .6‬ﺍﻃﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺳﲑ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪1 :21‬‬ ‫ﺗــﺼــﻒ ﺍﳌـــﻘـــﺼـــﻮﺩ ﺑ ـﺎﻟــﺴــﻤــﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳉـــﺪﻳـــﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﳉــﺪﻳــﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻒ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 1 :21‬ﺍﻧﺤﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜ ٍﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﻫﺮﻭﺏ ﻭﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺳﻤﺎ ًء‬
‫َ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ًﺓ ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﻳﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻤﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﺻﻼ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺮء ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﻘﻀﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻣُﻘﺴﻮﻣﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﻴﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺽ ﻣﻔﺪﻳﺔ ﻻ ﻓﻲ ٍ‬ ‫ٍ‬
 ‫‪255‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .14‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺃﺭﺽ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ« ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ »ﻋﺎﻟﻢ«‪» :‬ﺃﻳﻮﻥ« )‪،(aion‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗُ َ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻟﺖ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(1‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺛﻼﺙ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ »ﺯﻣﻦ« ﺃﻭ »ﺩﻫﺮ‪ «،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻛﻮﺳﻤﻮﺱ« )‪ ،(kosmos‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ُﺮﻛﺐ‪ «،‬ﻭ»ﺟﻲ« )‪ (ge‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ »ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ «.‬ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎً‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ »ﺍﻷﻳﻮﻥ« ﻭ»ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺳﻤﻮﺱ« ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ »ﺍﻟﺠﻲ« ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﱡ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺯﺍﻟﺖ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ« )‪ 2‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪ ،(17 :5‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺯﺍﻟﺖ« ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .1 :21‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻴﺮﻩ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ؟ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻻ! ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍً ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﱠﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻟﺖ« ﻓﻲ ‪ ،1 :21‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺳﺘﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺤﻠّﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ‪ 22-18 :8‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ﺻﻮﺭ ًﺓ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ )‪ 2‬ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ‪.(13-10 :3‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻜﺮﺗﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺳﺘﺘﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺗﻨﺤﻞ« ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﺗﻨﺴﺠﻢ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻳُﺸ ﱢﺪﺩ ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪» :‬ﺳﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻳﺴﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﺳﻤﺎء ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﺭﺽ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ« ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﺤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺧﻠﻴﻘ ٍﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ُﻮﺻﻒ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﻳ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿـــــﺢ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟــﻬــﺪﻑ ‪ّ .7‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪22 :5-2 :21‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻧﻘﻄ ٍﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻨﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺙ ٍ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺳﺌﻠﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻷﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ )‪(21 :2‬‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﻜﻨﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ )‪(8-3 :21‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎً‪ :‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻷﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ )‪(5 :22– 9 :21‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻷﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ )‪ .(2 :21‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﺎﺩ ًﺓ ﻣﺎ ﱢ‬

‫ﻧﻔﻜﺮ ﺑﺄﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﻜﻨﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﻗﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ )ﻏﻼﻃﻴﺔ ‪26 :4‬؛ ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻲ ‪20 :3‬؛‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻜﻦ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻣﺘﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ‪ ،(22 :12‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫)‪ 2‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪8 :5‬؛ ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻲ ‪23 :1‬؛ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(11-9 :6‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪256‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺳﺘﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﺮﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ً‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﺸﻌﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 2‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 9‬ﻭ‪ 10‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺒﱢﺐ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ‬‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﺮﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻋﺮﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﻮﺿﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻃﺊ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‬

‫ُﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫‪» :34‬ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ! ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﺗﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻭﺭﺍﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ َ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪34 :13‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ «،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺷﻮﺍﺭﻋﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﻜﻨﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺑﱢﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻰ ‪ ،24-20 :11‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻳﻮﺑﱢﺦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺮﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻜ ﱢﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﻜﻨﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ )‪ .(8-3 :21‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﻜﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ »ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﺔ« ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻻﺣﻘﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ )ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪14 :1‬‬
‫‪(14‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬‫ُ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻭﺣﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻠﻲ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.(22 :4‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﻤﺴﺢ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻣﻌ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،44‬ﻭ‪ 17 :7‬ﻭﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪(8 :25‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺩﻣﻮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻜﺎء‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺁﺫﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺰﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻟﻌﻨﺔ )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ .(3 :22‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﻤﺴﺢ ﺩﻣﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺬﺭﻑ ﺣﺰﻧﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﻋﺰﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻃ ِﺮﺣﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﺘُ َ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻲء ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻜﺎء ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺰﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺰﻭﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻃﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺷﻴﺎء )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(4‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺠﻌﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍً )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(5‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺻ ِﻨﻌﺖ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎً‪ .‬ﺇﻧﱠﻪ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫»ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍء ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍً« ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ ُ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﺤﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﻨﺔ )ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ‪ .(21 :8‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ُﻃﻠِﺐ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺟﺪﺍً‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﻕ ﻭﺣﻖ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪ ﱢﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻭﺳﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃُﻋﻠ‬
‫ﻋﻠِﻦ‬
‫‪257‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .14‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﺗﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍء« ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺻﺎﺭ ﺁﻣﻨﺎً ﺑﻴﺪ »ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍءﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ« ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍء )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(6‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ُﻭ ِﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺸﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻣﺎ ًء ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺮﺗﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﺼ ﱢﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺶ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺻ ﱠﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺰﻣﻮﺭ ‪» :2 :42‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺍﻹﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺍﷲ‪) «.‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻣﺰﻣﻮﺭ ‪9 :36‬؛ ‪1 :63‬؛ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪(1 :55‬‬ ‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ َ‬
‫ﺍﷲ »ﻳﻨﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ« )ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪ (2 :13‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺶ ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ .(14 :4‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 6‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫‪(39-37‬‬‫ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﺎً ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻮﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺗﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﻢ )ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪37 :7‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ« ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺶ ﻟﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻓﻴﻚ ﻭﻣﻨﻚ ﻟﻴﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻐﻠﺐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍء‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﻴﻨﺎً ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻴﺎً ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(7‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺘﻌﻞ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(8‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴُﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻨﺎء ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺋﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤُﺼﺎﺩَﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﻨﻴﺔ‪) .‬ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ 16 :3‬ﺑﻴﻌﻘﻮﺏ ‪ 19 :2‬ﻭﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪(.12 :1‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻭﻭﻋﻲ ﻭﻧﺸﺎﻁ‪.‬‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺏ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻟﻪ‬

‫ُﻔﺼﻞ ﻷﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ )‪ .(5 :22-9 :21‬ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎً‪ :‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻬﻴﱠﺌﺔ )ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 3‬ﺑﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ ،(3-1 :14‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﺴﻜﻦ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪ُ .‬ﺣ ِﻤﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻟﻴﺮﻯ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻣﺜﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،17 :1‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃُ ِﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺾ ﻣﺼﺎﺩَﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ُﺸﺮﻗﺔ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬

‫ﻭﺃﺭﻭﻉ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣ ِ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻊ ﻛﺎﻟﺠﻮﻫﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺳﻮﺭﺍً ﺣﻮﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺟﺰ ٍء ﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﺎء ﻳﺮﻭﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫(‪ :‬ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﺎ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺑﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺆﻟﺆ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪:(12‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺑ ٍﺔ ﻟﺆﻟﺆﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺆﻛﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‬‫ﺑﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﱢ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﺘﻲ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻌﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﻜ ﱢﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎً ﻋﺮﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ »‪ «12‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫»ﺍﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪ «.‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪21 ،16 ،14 ،12 :21‬؛ ‪ 22 :2‬ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ »‪«12‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪258‬‬

‫ﺗﺪ ﱢﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 17-15‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺪ ﱠﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ ،11‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ‬‫‪ 1500‬ﻣﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ‪ 1500‬ﻣﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪ 1500‬ﻣﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﻌﱠﺒﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﺗُ ِ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬

‫ـﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺸﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﻋــﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 21-18‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳـ ٍ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺮ ﻛﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﺘﺎ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺛﻨﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ٍ‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء‬ ‫ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻲ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻟﺆﻟﺆﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ٌ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺨﺘﺮﻕ ﻭﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺭﻉ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻄﻒ ﻻﻣﻊ ّ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺸﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﺺ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻘﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ُﺮﺻﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﺣﻼ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ َ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﺘﺤﻞ‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(22‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ٍ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(23‬ﺗﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻇﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺩﻣﻊ ﻭﻻ ﺷﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻄﺶ ﻭﻻ ﺟﻮﻉ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻮﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 24‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺳﺘﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺪﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻟﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻔﻘﺪﻭﺍ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ُﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ُﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻫﻮ ﻣ ﱠ‬

‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺅﻫﻢ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻻﺗﺨﺎﺫ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻟﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ )ﻣﺘﻰ ‪6 :23‬؛ ‪12 :8‬؛ ‪ ،(22 :13‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺘﺰﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﷲ َ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ 21‬ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ .22‬ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺻﺎﻓﻴﺎً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 5-1‬ﻣﺰﻳﺪﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺮ )ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪ ،(10 :2‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻗﺮﺏ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻓﻌﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺆﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺴﻴﱠﺪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﺛﻤﺮﺍً ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍً‬ ‫ﻭﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ُﻃ ِﺮﺩ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭﺣﻮﺍء ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(2‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻤﺮ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻋﻢ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻹﺯﻫﺎﺭ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻹﺛﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻨﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣُﺜﻘﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻤﺮ ﻛﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻄﻲ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻌﻨﺔ ﺳﺘﺰﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻓﻌﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺟﻰ ﺑﻲ ﺳﻤﻴﺚ )‪ (J. B. Smith‬ﻷﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪259‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .14‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫»ﻻ ﻟﻌﻦ ﺑﻌ َﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ« ﺑﻞ ﺭﺩ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﷲ َ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻌﺒﺪﻩ ﻋﺒﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﺧﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺨﺪﻣﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﱡ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻌﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻧﻮﺭﻫﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻧﺎﺭ ٌﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺤﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺑﺪ ﺍﻵﺑﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﱡ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺠﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪A Revelation of Jesus‬‬
‫‪.(Christ, 295-296‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻌﻴﺶ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺪﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤُﻤﺠﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺪﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮﻭﻥ ﺷﺒﻬﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻠﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺗﺨﻴﱢﻞ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬
‫ُﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ً‬
‫ﻛﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ٍ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ! ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺨﻴﱡﻠﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ .10‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺃ ( ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻢ ﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺮﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺟـ ( ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺶ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ُﻭ ِﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﱢ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍء‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺆﻛﺪ ﺑﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻋﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮ( ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ( ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻭ ( ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ُﻤﺠﺪﺓ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺯ ( ﺳﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺗﻤﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﺠﻲء ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪21-6 :22‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 5-3 :22‬ﻋﻦ‬ ‫)ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 7‬ﻭ‪ 12‬ﻭ‪ُ .(20‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‪ .‬ﺑﻌ َﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻨﺘﻤﺘﱠﻊ ﺑﻪ )ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ‪.(18 :8‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻻ َ‬

‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ‪ّ .8‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟــﺘــﻌــﻠــﻴــﻤــﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟــﺘــﺤ ـﺮﻳــﻀــﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪21-6 :22‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.21-6 :22‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 6‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﻌﻠﻨﻬﺎ‪» :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻕ ﻭﺣﻖ‪ «.‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء« ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﻠﱢﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ :‬ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻞ »ﻟﻴﻜﺸﻒ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻄﺮﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺃ ِ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﺎﺟﻼ« ﻫﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺟﻼ‪ «.‬ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ »ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ً‬
‫»ﻋﺎﺟﻼ« ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ ،1 :12‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ٍ‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪260‬‬

‫»ﻋﺎﺟﻼ« ﺃﻭ »ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎً« ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ً‬ ‫ﺁﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎً‪ «.‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 7‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪» :‬ﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺄﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 6‬ﻭ‪ .7‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ُﺣﺜﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤﻴﻦ )ﻣﺘﻰ ‪.(44-42 :24‬‬

‫ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﺒﻊ »ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ« ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 7‬ﻭ‪ 14‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻴ َ‬
‫ُﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﺘﻄﻮﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﻔﻈﻮﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 14‬ﺗُﻌﻠَﻦ ٌ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ »ﻳﻐﺴﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻠﻬﻢ‪ «،‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪(7‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺒﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﺸﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ )ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ‪ .(22 :1‬ﺍﻟﻤُﻄ ﱠﻮﺑﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 14‬ﻟﻬﻢ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﷲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺤﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻸﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺁﺳﻴّﺔ‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 8‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﺎً ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺎً‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺿﺢ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺃﻟﻘﺎﺏ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤُﺪ ﱠﻭﻧﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻊ‬
‫ُﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺠﺪ ﷲ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪.(9‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻣ ِ‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ 12‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ »ﺃﻏﻠِﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 4‬ﻭ‪ .(9‬ﻭﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‪» :‬ﻻ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺘﻢ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ« )ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.(10 :11‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ُﻃﻠِﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻨﻬﺎ؟ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﻏﺎﻣﻀﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺘﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ »ﺇﻋﻼﻥ« ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻌﻠَﻦ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺗﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺴ ٍﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﱢﻪ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﻃﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 10‬ﻭ‪ 11‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺸﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻣُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﻴﻮﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﺬﺭﻫﻢ‬ ‫ُﺸﺠﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺎً ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣُﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﻳ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺮء ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻳﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺆﻳﺪﺍً ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺎً ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﱢ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﺄﺻﻠﺔ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻣُﺴ َﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻥ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﱢ‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺓ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ 15-11 :20‬ﻭﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ‪ .5 :22-1 :21‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺂﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ٌ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ )ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ‪26 :2‬؛ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪15-10 :3‬؛ ‪ 2‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪10 :5‬؛ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪.(23 :2‬‬
‫‪261‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .14‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺗُﻌﻠِﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 16-13‬ﻋﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻣﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱢ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ‪ ،8 :21‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻤﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﱢﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻘﻀﻮﻥ ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪15‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﺍ ﻭﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻩ‪ .‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪» 15‬ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺏ« ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻛﻼﺏ« ﻓﻲ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎ ‪ 12-9 :56‬ﻟﻠﺮﻋﺎﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺬﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﻣﺔ ‪:1‬‬
‫‪ 27-24‬ﻭ‪ 1‬ﻛﻮﺭﻧﺜﻮﺱ ‪ 10-9 :6‬ﻓﺘﺼﻔﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 16‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻘﺎﺑﻪ‪ (1) :‬ﻓﺒﺼﻔﺔ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ »ﺃﺻﻞ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﻧﺴﻠﻪ‪ «،‬ﻳﺘﻤﱢﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺻﻤﻮﺋﻴﻞ ‪ 16 :7‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﺃﺑﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺃﺻﻞ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺣﻴﺎ ًﺓ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﻧﺴﻞ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ »ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ« ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ (2) .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻟﻘﺐ »ﻛﻮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻴﺮ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ »ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻛﺐ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﻛﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 17‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﻋﻮ ٍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺱ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺷﺎء« ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻲء‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻭﻋﺮﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪) .‬ﻻ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﺳﻤﻊ« ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ (.‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻋﺐ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﻘ ﱢﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 18‬ﻭ‪ 19‬ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺣﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﺑﻨﻮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍً ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪ .2 :4‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺁﺕ ﺑﻼ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺨﺘﻢ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ »ﺁﻣﻴﻦ‪«.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 20‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ٍ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺷﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺨﺘﻢ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺳﻔﺮﻩ ﺑﺒﺮﻛ ٍﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،(21‬ﻳﻌﻠِﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‪» :‬ﺁﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉ!« )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .(20‬ﻭﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺼﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﻫﺪﻓﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﷲ )ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ‪.(49 :2‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺜﻖ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺮﺕ ﻭﺗﺸﺠﻌﺖ ﺑﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻘ َﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺜﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﱠﻤ َﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻓﻌﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺯﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻫﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﻜﺮﺍﺯﺓ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﺭﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺷﻌﻮﺭﺍً ﺑﺎﻹﻟﺤﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺗﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪262‬‬

‫‪ .11‬ﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء« ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﻭﺡ ﻭﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻄﺮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﻠﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ 7 :22‬ﻭ‪ 14‬ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ »ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ‪ «،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻤﱢﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ »ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻣﺔ« ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫) ﻭ ( ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻨﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻬﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺯ ( ﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﻋــﻮ ٍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﻣُﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻫﻲ ﻟﺤﻀﻮﺭ ﻋﺸﺎء ﻋﺮﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ َﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬
‫) ﺡ ( ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺪﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻀﻴﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺬﻓﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺣﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪263‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .14‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ؟‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﺏ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ًﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺧﺎﺿﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺝ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ؟‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﱢ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ؟‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺳﻴﻤﻠﻚ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺳﻴﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ُ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﻴﱠﺪﺍً ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺏ ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﺑـ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫــﺎﺭ ﻭﻋﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﻏﻴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺣﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻜﻢ ﺛﻴﻮﻗﺮﺍﻃﻲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳﻘﻈ ٍﺔ ﺭﻭﺣﻴ ٍﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﺈﺭﺍﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﻳﺴﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻟﻠﻜﺮﺍﺯﺓ ﺑﺎﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ٍ‬
‫ُﺤﺴﻦ ﻟﻠﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ِ‬‫) ﺩ ( ﺛﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﻣﺨﻔﻴ ٍﺔ ﺿﺪ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺆﻣﻦ »ﺍﻟﻼﺃﻟﻔﻴﻮﻥ« ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻷﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺨﻀﻊ ُ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺨﻠﺼﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺮﺍﺯﺓ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﺻﻼ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﺝ ( ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﻤﺖ‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺝ ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫»ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ« ﺭﺃﻱ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﺻﻼ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﺃ ( ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺖ‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺭﻣﺰﻱ ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺳﻴﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻷﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﻳﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻺﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪264‬‬

‫ﻳﺆﻣﻦ »ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﻴﻦ« ﺑﺄﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻷﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ ٌ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﺼﺮ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣُﺴﺘﻌﺪﺍ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﺣﻜﻤﺎً ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻷﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﱞ‬ ‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ«‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺛﻮﺭ ًﺓ ﺿﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﺒﻌﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺧﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺮﻣﺠﺪﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﺻﻼ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻌﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﻀﺎء ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﺃﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺭﺍً ﺃﻡ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﺭﺍً‪.‬‬
‫ُﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫) ﺏ ( ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ َ‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﺃﻧﻪ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺛﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻀﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ؟‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﻳُﺤﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻋﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺣﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﻳُﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍء ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻲء ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺝ ( ﻳُﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻫـ ( ) ﺃ‪ ،‬ﺝ ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻬﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻛﻤﻠﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻣﻦ ‪ 14-12‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺳﻞ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﻉ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻴّﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﻻ َ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻕ ﻭﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺠﻌﻠﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﺍً‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪265‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ .14‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬

‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪ ) .11‬ﺃ (‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﺿﻼﻝ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺯ(‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣُﻘﻴﱠﺪﺍً ِ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺡ(‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃُﻃﻠِﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﺰﻩ ﻹﻋﻄﺎء‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﻳﱢﺪﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺿﻮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻹﻃــﻼﻕ ﺳﺮﺍﺣﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﻫﺠﻮﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻨﻀﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺎﺟﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺪﻣﱢﺮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴُﺤ َﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ‬‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺩ ( ﺍﻷﺑــﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺷﻬﺪﺍء ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫) ﺃ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫) ﺏ ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫‪ ) .10‬ﺃ (‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫) ﻫـ (‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫)ﻭ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫)ﺯ(‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺃﻟﻔﻲ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫)ﺝ(‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻲ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫)ﺩ(‬